—

Remote I/O
RIO600
Installation and Commissioning
Manual
 Document ID: 1MRS757488
Issued: 2019-12-16
Revision: H
Product version: 1.8

© Copyright 2019 ABB. All rights reserved

Copyright
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written
permission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party,
nor used for any unauthorized purpose.

The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and
may be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license.

Trademarks
ABB and Relion are registered trademarks of the ABB Group. All other brand or
product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective holders.

Warranty
Please inquire about the terms of warranty from your nearest ABB representative.

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage
Disclaimer
The data, examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for the concept or
product description and are not to be deemed as a statement of guaranteed properties.
All persons responsible for applying the equipment addressed in this manual must
satisfy themselves that each intended application is suitable and acceptable, including
that any applicable safety or other operational requirements are complied with. In
particular, any risks in applications where a system failure and/or product failure
would create a risk for harm to property or persons (including but not limited to
personal injuries or death) shall be the sole responsibility of the person or entity
applying the equipment, and those so responsible are hereby requested to ensure that
all measures are taken to exclude or mitigate such risks.

This product has been designed to be connected and communicate data and
information via a network interface which should be connected to a secure network.
It is the sole responsibility of the person or entity responsible for network
administration to ensure a secure connection to the network and to take the necessary
measures (such as, but not limited to, installation of firewalls, application of
authentication measures, encryption of data, installation of anti virus programs, etc.)
to protect the product and the network, its system and interface included, against any
kind of security breaches, unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or
theft of data or information. ABB is not liable for any such damages and/or losses.

This document has been carefully checked by ABB but deviations cannot be
completely ruled out. In case any errors are detected, the reader is kindly requested to
notify the manufacturer. Other than under explicit contractual commitments, in no
event shall ABB be responsible or liable for any loss or damage resulting from the use
of this manual or the application of the equipment. In case of discrepancies between
the English and any other language version, the wording of the English version shall
prevail.
Conformity
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Communities
on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC Directive 2014/30/EU) and concerning electrical equipment for
use within specified voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 2014/35/EU). This
conformity is the result of tests conducted by ABB in accordance with the product
standard EN 60255-26 for the EMC directive, and with the product standards EN
60255-1 and EN 60255-27 for the low voltage directive. The product is designed in
accordance with the international standards of the IEC 60255 series.
Safety information
Dangerous voltages can occur on the connectors, even though the
auxiliary voltage has been disconnected.

Non-observance can result in death, personal injury or substantial

property damage.

Only a competent electrician is allowed to carry out the electrical

installation.

National and local electrical safety regulations must always be

followed.

The DIN rail of the device has to be carefully earthed.

The device contains components which are sensitive to electrostatic

discharge. Unnecessary touching of electronic components must
therefore be avoided.

Whenever changes are made in the device configuration, measures

should be taken to avoid inadvertent tripping.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Section 1 Introduction.......................................................................7
This manual........................................................................................ 7
Intended audience.............................................................................. 7
Product documentation.......................................................................7
Product documentation set............................................................7
Document revision history............................................................. 8
Related documentation..................................................................8
Symbols and conventions...................................................................8
Symbols.........................................................................................8
Document conventions.................................................................. 9

Section 2 General security deployment guidelines........................ 11

General security............................................................................... 11
System hardening rules....................................................................11

Section 3 RIO600 overview............................................................13

Overview...........................................................................................13
Product version history................................................................ 16
Module configuration........................................................................ 17
Web HMI...........................................................................................19
PCM600 tool.....................................................................................20
PCM600 and RIO600 connectivity package version................... 21
Communication.................................................................................21
TCP/IP-based protocols and used IP ports................................. 22

Section 4 Unpacking, inspecting and storing................................. 23

Removing transport packaging.........................................................23
Inspecting the product...................................................................... 23
Identifying the product................................................................. 23
Checking delivery items...............................................................23
Inspecting the product................................................................. 23
Returning a product damaged in transportation.......................... 24
Storing.............................................................................................. 24

Section 5 Installing......................................................................... 25
Mounting modules............................................................................ 25
Configuration examples...............................................................31
Connecting wires.............................................................................. 33
Connecting power supply............................................................ 33
Connecting Ethernet cable.......................................................... 36

RIO600 1
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Table of contents

Connecting binary input signals...................................................36

Connecting binary output signals................................................ 38
Connecting RTD/mA signals....................................................... 39
Connecting AOM4 signals........................................................... 42
Connecting SIM8F sensor signals...............................................43
Connecting SIM4F sensor signals...............................................46
Connecting smart control module signals....................................48
Connecting RIO600 to a PC............................................................. 54
Checking the connection to RIO600............................................55

Section 6 Commissioning...............................................................57
Parameter setting............................................................................. 57
Operating parameter settings LECM........................................... 57
Standalone configuration........................................................58
Intermodule communication................................................... 58
Operating parameter settings DIM8H and DIM8L....................... 58
Binary input debounce time (filter time)..................................59
Binary input inversion............................................................. 60
Oscillation suppression.......................................................... 60
Operating parameter settings DOM4...........................................61
Operating parameter settings of RTD/mA module...................... 62
Selection of output value format.............................................63
Linear input scaling................................................................ 64
Measurement chain supervision.............................................64
Calibration.............................................................................. 65
Limit value supervision........................................................... 65
Deadband supervision............................................................66
Operating parameter settings of AOM4.......................................67
Calibration.............................................................................. 68
Output channel supervision....................................................68
Deadband supervision............................................................68
Operating parameter settings of SIM8F module..........................69
Functions available in SIM8F................................................. 71
Measurement functions.......................................................... 72
Power quality measurement functions (harmonics)............... 85
Three-phase current fault detection....................................... 89
Earth-fault fault detection..................................................... 100
Voltage presence indication................................................. 135
Negative-sequence overcurrent indication NSPTOC........... 137
Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC..................................... 139
Inrush detector INRPHAR.................................................... 144
UPS power failure monitoring...............................................146
Calibration............................................................................ 147
Operating parameter settings of SIM4F module........................147

2 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
 Table of contents

Functions available in SIM4F............................................... 149

Measurement functions........................................................ 149
Three-phase current fault detection..................................... 149
Earth-fault detection............................................................. 150
Negative-sequence overcurrent indication NSPTOC........... 150
Inrush detector INRPHAR.................................................... 150
Fault passage indicator FPIPTOC .......................................150
Calibration............................................................................ 159
Operating parameter settings of SCM module.......................... 159
Functions available in SCM..................................................159
Three-position earthing switch or two-position earthing
switch or two-position disconnector switch or circuit
breaker control application................................................... 159
Generic four inputs and four high speed power outputs.......164
Trip circuit supervision TCSHSCBR/TCSLSCBR.................165
Test mode handling........................................................................ 167
Channel output value handling....................................................... 167
Local/Remote mode....................................................................... 168
Time synchronization .....................................................................168
SNTP time synchronization....................................................... 169
Modbus time synchronization ................................................... 169
GOOSE performance..................................................................... 170

Section 7 Modbus TCP communication....................................... 171

Modbus TCP/IP.............................................................................. 171
Connection to client................................................................... 171
Protocol server attachment to a client....................................... 171
TCP/IP link.................................................................................171
Modbus TCP/IP diagnostic counters over Web HMI................. 172
Common Modbus TCP/IP diagnostic counters..........................172
Supported Modbus function codes............................................ 172
Modbus data implementation.................................................... 173
Change events and time synchronization .................................173
Control operations..................................................................... 173
Application data compatibility.................................................... 173
Data mapping principles............................................................ 174
Default data organization...........................................................174
Data in monitoring direction.......................................................174
One-bit data mapping................................................................ 174
Digital input data........................................................................174
Measurand registers..................................................................175
Register value update................................................................175
Primary values...........................................................................176
Register size..............................................................................176

RIO600 3
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Table of contents

Control operations..................................................................... 176

Control functions........................................................................176
Exception codes........................................................................ 177
System status register............................................................... 177
Module information.................................................................... 178
Modbus time synchronization.................................................... 178
Parameter settings.................................................................... 179
Module reserved channel concept.............................................181
RTD range information.............................................................. 181
Reporting reserved addresses.................................................. 182
Function code and addressing region mapping.........................183
Modbus point list.............................................................................184
SSR1 System status register (1) device health......................... 184
SSR2 System status register (2) device alive register.............. 185
Time synchronization.................................................................185
Module identification..................................................................186
LD0.DIM8GGIO/LD0.DIM8LGGIO physical I/O states.............. 186
LD0.DOMGGIO physical I/O states...........................................191
LD0.RTDGGIO physical I/O values........................................... 195
LD0.RTDGGIO RTD channel range information....................... 202
LD0.AOMGGIO physical I/O values.......................................... 205
LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection.......................207
LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault
detection.................................................................................... 209
LD0.CMHAI current total demand distortion..............................210
LD0.VMHAI voltage total demand distortion..............................211
LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection................... 211
LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection........................212
LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection
(earth-fault indication)................................................................212
LD0.PHSVPR voltage presence ...............................................214
LD0.NSPTOC negative-sequence overcurrent fault detection.. 214
LD0.FPIPTOC fault direction indication.....................................215
LD0.SEQSPVC fuse failure supervision....................................215
LD0.INRPHAR inrush detector.................................................. 216
Binary writable signals for SIM8F.............................................. 216
Binary writable signals for SIM4F.............................................. 217
LD0.PWRRDIR phase load flow direction................................. 218
LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection.......................219
LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault
detection.................................................................................... 220
LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection................... 221
LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection........................221
LD0.CMMXU phase current measurements..............................221

4 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
 Table of contents

LD0.VMMXU voltage measurements........................................ 223

LD0.PEMMXU power measurements........................................227
LD0.RESCMMXU residual current measurement..................... 230
LD0.RESVMMXU residual voltage measurement..................... 231
LD0.CAVMMXU average current measurements .....................232
LD0.RCAVMMXU average current measurements................... 233
LD0.CMAMMXU peak current measurements.......................... 234
LD0.VAVMMXU average voltage measurements..................... 235
LD0.VMAMMXU peak voltage measurements.......................... 236
LD0.PEAVMMXU average power measurements.....................237
LD0.PEMAMMXU peak power measurements......................... 238
LD0.EMMTR energy measurement...........................................239
LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection
(earth-fault indication)................................................................241
SCM Application types.............................................................. 241
Binary readable signals of SCM................................................ 242
Binary writable signals for SCM.................................................251
Supervision data........................................................................258

Section 8 Using the Web HMI...................................................... 261

Accessing the Web HMI................................................................. 261
Navigating in the menu...................................................................261
Selecting the fault view...................................................................261
Selecting the status view................................................................ 262
Selecting the configuration view..................................................... 266
Selecting the communication view................................................. 270

Section 9 Troubleshooting............................................................273
Checking LED indications...............................................................273
Behavior during IRF condition................................................... 277
Restoring communication .............................................................. 280
Restoring factory settings .............................................................. 281
Ping command response................................................................282
Troubleshooting inactive I/O modules............................................ 283
SIM8F/SIM4F measurement quality............................................... 284
Contacting customer support..........................................................284

Section 10 Technical data.............................................................. 285

Section 11 Device and functionality tests.......................................293

Section 12 Glossary....................................................................... 299

RIO600 5
Installation and Commissioning Manual
6
1MRS757488 H Section 1
Introduction

Section 1 Introduction

1.1 This manual

The installation and commissioning manual contains information on how to install

and commission the device. The manual provides an introduction to engineering tasks
and a description of the basic operations.

1.2 Intended audience

This manual addresses application engineers, who install and configure the device.

The application engineer must have basic knowledge of the IEC 61850 client and
server architectures in general.

Understanding the communication properties of the IED is a prerequisite before

making any connections to RIO600. The connection details of the IED are available
in the respective manuals.

1.3 Product documentation

1.3.1 Product documentation set

The installation and commissioning manual contains information on how to install
and commission the device. The manual provides an introduction to engineering tasks
and a description of the basic operations.

The communication configuration manual contains information on how to engineer

the device using the different tools in PCM600. The manual provides information for
IEC 61850 engineering with PCM600 and IET600. For more details on tool usage, see
the PCM600 documentation.

The user manual (online help) contains instructions on how to use the RIO600
Configuration Wizard. The Configuration Wizard helps configure RIO600 for
different system products and tools with the help of the connectivity package. See the
product documentation for more information on handling the connectivity packages
in different system products and tools.

RIO600 7
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 1 1MRS757488 H
Introduction

1.3.2 Document revision history

Document revision/date Product version History
A/2011-12-23 1.0 First release
B/2012-12-18 1.1 Content updated to correspond to the
product version
C/2013-09-30 1.2 Content updated to correspond to the
product version
D/2014-09-29 1.5 Content updated to correspond to the
product version
E/2015-08-31 1.6 Content updated to correspond to the
product version
F/2016-06-09 1.7 Content updated to correspond to the
product version
G/2019-05-17 1.7 Content updated
H/2019-12-16 1.8 Content updated to correspond to the
product version

1.3.3 Related documentation

Name of the document Document ID
RIO600 Communication Configuration Manual 1MRS757489
Specific Communication Service Mapping (SCSM) – Mappings to IEC 61850-8-1
MMS (ISO 9506-1 and ISO 9506-2) and to ISO/IEC 8802-3

Download the latest documents from the ABB Web site

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage.

1.4 Symbols and conventions

1.4.1 Symbols

The caution icon indicates important information or warning related

to the concept discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence of
a hazard which could result in corruption of software or damage to
equipment or property.

The information icon alerts the reader of important facts and

conditions.

8 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 1
Introduction

The tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your
project or how to use a certain function.

Although warning hazards are related to personal injury, it is necessary to understand

that under certain operational conditions, operation of damaged equipment may result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,
comply fully with all warning and caution notices.

1.4.2 Document conventions

A particular convention may not be used in this manual.

• Abbreviations and acronyms are spelled out in the glossary. The glossary also
contains definitions of important terms.
• Menu paths are presented in bold.
Select Main menu/Settings.
• WHMI menu names are presented in bold.
Click Information in the WHMI menu structure.
• Parameter names are shown in italics.
The function can be enabled and disabled with the Operation setting.
• Parameter values are indicated with quotation marks.
The corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off".

RIO600 9
Installation and Commissioning Manual
10
1MRS757488 H Section 2
General security deployment guidelines

Section 2 General security deployment guidelines

2.1 General security

Technological advancements and breakthroughs have caused a significant evolution

in the electric power grid. As a result, the emerging “smart grid” and “Internet of
Things” are quickly becoming a reality. At the heart of these intelligent advancements
are specialized IT systems – various control and automation solutions such as
distribution automation systems. To provide end users with comprehensive real-time
information, enabling higher reliability and greater control, automation systems have
become ever more interconnected. To combat the increased risks associated with
these interconnections, ABB offers a wide range of cyber security products and
solutions for automation systems and critical infrastructure.

The new generation of automation systems uses open standards such as IEC 61850
GOOSE, Modbus and commercial technologies, in particular Ethernet and TCP/IP
based communication protocols. They also enable connectivity to external networks,
such as office intranet systems and the Internet. These changes in technology,
including the adoption of open IT standards, have brought huge benefits from an
operational perspective, but they have also introduced cyber security concerns
previously known only to office or enterprise IT systems.

To counter cyber security risks, open IT standards are equipped with cyber security
mechanisms. These mechanisms, developed in a large number of enterprise
environments, are proven technologies. They enable the design, development and
continuous improvement of cyber security solutions for control systems, including
distribution automation applications.

ABB understands the importance of cyber security and its role in advancing the
security of distribution networks. A customer investing in new ABB technologies can
rely on system solutions where reliability and security have the highest priority. At
ABB, we are addressing cyber security requirements on a system level as well as on
a product level to support cyber security standards or recommendations.

Reporting of vulnerability or cyber security issues related to any ABB product can be
done via [email protected].

2.2 System hardening rules

Today's distribution automation systems are basically specialized IT systems.

Therefore, several rules of hardening an automation system apply to these systems,
too. RIO600 is designed to expand the digital and analog I/O of ABB’s Relion®

RIO600 11
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 2 1MRS757488 H
General security deployment guidelines

protection and control relays. Protection and control relays are from the automation
system perspective on the lowest level and closest to the actual primary process. It is
important to apply defense-in- depth information assurance concept where each layer
in the system is capable of protecting the automation system and therefore RIO600s
are also part of this concept. The following should be taken into consideration when
planning the system protection.

• Recognizing and familiarizing all parts of the system and the system's
communication links
• Removing all unnecessary communication links in the system
• Rating the security level of remaining connections and improving with applicable
methods
• Hardening the system by removing or deactivating all unused processes,
communication ports and services
• Checking that the whole system has backups available from all applicable parts
• Collecting and storing backups of the system components and keeping those up-
to-date
• Changing default passwords and using strong enough passwords
• Separating public network from automation network
• Segmenting traffic and networks
• Using firewalls and demilitarized zones
• Assessing the system periodically
• Using antivirus software in workstations and keeping those up-to-date

It is important to utilize the defence-in-depth concept when designing automation

system security. It is not recommended to connect a device directly to the Internet
without adequate additional security components. The different layers and interfaces
in the system should use security controls. Robust security means, besides product
features, enabling and using the available features and also enforcing their use by
company policies. Adequate training is also needed for the personnel accessing and
using the system.

12 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 3
RIO600 overview

Section 3 RIO600 overview

3.1 Overview

RIO600 is designed to expand the digital and analog I/O of ABB’s Relion® protection
and control relays and to provide I/O for the COM600 substation automation unit
using the IEC 61850 and Modbus TCP communication. Both galvanic RJ-45 and
optical LC connectors are supported for Ethernet station bus communication. RIO600
can also be used in secondary substations for fault passage indication and power
measurements reporting values directly to a peer protection relay or to an upper level
system. RIO600 accepts three-phase sensor signals (voltage and current) and provides
fault detection and metering functions.

RIO600 allows flexible I/O assignment and provides seamless IEC 61850
connectivity between the substation's input and output signals and the protection relay
or the COM600 substation gateway ensuring improved functionality and
performance. RIO600 supports both Edition 1 and Edition 2 versions of the IEC 61850
standard. RIO600 can also be used as a standalone device in grid automation
applications.

GUID-10936B8E-CD69-425B-A212-BBACE48211EC V3 EN

Figure 1: RIO600

RIO600 13
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 3 1MRS757488 H
RIO600 overview

RIO600 helps in simplifying and decreasing the wiring inside the substation by
digitizing the hardwired signals. The fully hardwired traditional medium-voltage
switchgear/substation control and protection system results in extensive I/O wiring,
connecting devices in switchgear signaling to the external systems, for example, to the
remote terminal unit (RTU) or other higher-level automation systems.

RIO600 provides additional I/O within the switchgear using Ethernet communication.
The I/O signals can be efficiently transmitted between the protection relay or
COM600 with fast, high performance IEC 61850 GOOSE communication.
Alternatively, RIO600 can communicate with an upper level automation system using
the widely accepted Modbus TCP automation protocol.

The binary input module can be used for sending binary input values from primary
equipment or secondary systems to peer protection relays or an upper-level system.
The binary output modules can be used to control equipment based on the control
signal received from communication.

The smart control module (SCM) can be used for different switchgear applications to
drive primary switches. The module enables the control of a combined three-position
switch (disconnector and earthing switch) used in gas insulated switchgears or
standard two-position switches such as disconnector or earthing switches.
Alternatively, the heavy-duty output contacts of the SCM can be used as power
outputs for circuit breaker trip circuits to make, carry and break the belonging trip coil
current. The trip circuit supervision function is designed to supervise the control
circuit of the circuit breaker. Furthermore, the SCM can be used as a generic module
with four binary inputs and four fast power outputs.

With the RTD/mA module, RIO600 can be used in different monitoring applications.
RIO600 can receive temperatures (°C) via RTDs or analog input signals (mA) from
various transducers or devices. The input current (mA) can be linearly scaled for
various applications, for example, transformer tap changer position indication. The
input value is forwarded to a peer protection relay or to an upper-level system. With
the analog output module (AOM), RIO600 can control an external device having an
mA input.

RIO600 also includes a measurement module with fault passage indication (FPI)
functionality. This module is intended for grid automation applications where
RIO600 enables accurate current and voltage measurements or only current
measurement from a MV network using ABB's accurate and lightweight sensor
technology. With this measurement module, RIO600 can be used as a stand-alone
fault passage indicator unit. Based on the measured MV values, it can give voltage
presence and directional FPI and report them to an upper-level system. This also
enables power flow and power quality monitoring. The typical accuracy of line
voltages, currents and active power is better than 0.5% and for other power
measurements better than 1%.

The FPI functionality can be based on phase current measurements only. It provides
a selective fault passage indicator for single phase earth faults in high-impedance
earth networks, that is, in compensated, unearthed and high-resistance earthed
systems. It can be applied as single-phase earth-fault FPI in case of overhead lines and

14 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 3
RIO600 overview

underground cables, regardless of the earth-fault type (continuous, transient or

intermittent) or the fault resistance value (low or high ohmic).

The FPI module incorporates the latest fault-detection algorithms used in the Relion
family. With an easy-to-use multifrequency admittance-based (MFA) earth-fault
detection algorithm, it accurately detects solid, resistive and intermittent earth faults.
Practical sensitivity of up to 10 kΩ of the fault resistance can be achieved in
symmetrical networks. This new functionality is suitable for high-impedance earthed
networks, and especially for compensated and unearthed networks where accurate
and selective earth-fault detection is more challenging due to low fault currents. With
the use of the negative-sequence overcurrent protection function, it is easier to detect
single-phase and phase-to-phase faults or unbalanced loads which are due to broken
conductors or unsymmetrical feeder voltages, for example. The selective FPI
functionality for single-phase earth faults in high-impedance earthed networks (that
is, in compensated, unearthed and high-resistance earthed systems) is available. FPI
functionality can be applied as single-phase earth-fault FPI in case of overhead lines
and underground cables and is based on phase current measurements only which can
be done with conventional current transformers (CTs) or with sensors (Rogowski
coils). With the fault passage information, the faulted line section can be quickly
identified, and manual or automatic fault isolation and supply restoration can be
initiated. The three-phase inrush detector function INRPHAR can be used to
coordinate transformer inrush situations in distribution networks. The fuse failure
supervision function SEQSPVC can be used to block the voltage measuring functions
when failure occurs in the secondary circuits between the voltage transformer (or
combi sensor or voltage sensor) and the protection relay to avoid misoperations of the
voltage protection functions.

ABB
MicroSCADA Pro/
System 800xA

Utility: IEC 60870-5-104

Industry: OPC

COM600S COM600S
Web HMI Web HMI

Ethernet switch PCM600 Ethernet switch PCM600

Analog and binary horizontal Analog and binary horizontal

GOOSE communication IEC 61850 GOOSE communication IEC 61850

GUID-4D002AA0-E35D-4D3F-A157-01F1A3044DDB V4 EN

Figure 2: Conceptual picture of a typical system setup

RIO600 15
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 3 1MRS757488 H
RIO600 overview

• IEC 61850 connectivity with support of standard versions Edition 1 and Edition
2
• IEC 61850 GOOSE for real-time information exchange on the Ethernet station
bus
• Modbus TCP/IP support for one client
• Standard RJ-45 interface with 10/100 Mbits/s or 100 Mbit/s multimode fiber-
optic LC Ethernet interface
• Auxiliary power supply
• Easy-to-use configuration tool for the IEC 61850 data mapping
• Reduced conventional cabling
• Up to 40 configurable binary and analog I/O channels
• DIN rail mountable modules
• Support of two SNTP servers
• WHMI-based monitoring
• Subscribes and publishes GOOSE messages from/to multiple IEDs as configured
• "Stand-alone" operation, with support of intermodule logic

3.1.1 Product version history

Product version Modules supported Product history
1.0 MOD600ALECMIR • Communication module with RJ-45 port
MOD600APSMH • High power supply module
MOD600ADIM8H • Digital input module with eight inputs high-
MOD600ADOM4 power supply
• Digital output module with four outputs

1.1 MOD600BLECMIR New module support added to RIO600 Ver.1.0

MOD600APSML
MOD600ADIM8H • New version for communication module to
MOD600APSMH support modules below
MOD600ADIM8H • Low power supply module
MOD600ADOM4 • Digital input module with eight inputs low-
power supply

1.2 MOD600CLECMIR New module support added to RIO600 Ver.1.1

MOD600ARTD4
MOD600AAOM4 • New version for communication module to
MOD600APSMH support modules below
MOD600APSML • RTD/mA input module with four channels
MOD600ADIM8H • Analog output module with four channels
MOD600ADIM8L
MOD600ADOM4
1.5 MOD600DLECMIR New module support added to RIO600 Ver.1.2
MOD600ASIM8F
MOD600ARTD4 • New version for communication module to
MOD600AAOM4 support above features
MOD600APSMH • SIM8F sensor input module with three-
MOD600APSML phase voltage and current input signals
MOD600ADIM8H • Modbus TCP/IP support
MOD600ADIM8L
MOD600ADOM4
Table continues on next page

16 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 3
RIO600 overview

Product version Modules supported Product history

1.6 MOD600ELECMIR New module support added to RIO600 Ver.1.5
MOD600ALECMFO
MOD600ASCM8H • New version for communication module with
MOD600ASCM8L IEC 61850 Edition 2 support and standalone
MOD600ASIM8F functionality
MOD600ARTD4 • LECMFO communication module with
MOD600AAOM4 multimode fiber-optic LC interface
MOD600APSMH • SCM8H smart control module with four
MOD600APSML inputs and four solid state power outputs,
MOD600ADIM8H high voltage range
MOD600ADIM8L • SCM8L smart control module with four
MOD600ADOM4 inputs and four solid state power outputs,
low voltage range

1.7 MOD600FLECMIR New functionality added

MOD600BLECMFO
MOD600ASCM8H • Multifrequency admittance-based earth-
MOD600ASCM8L fault indication in SIM8F
MOD600ASIM8F
MOD600ARTD4
MOD600AAOM4
MOD600APSMH
MOD600APSML
MOD600ADIM8H
MOD600ADIM8L
MOD600ADOM4
1.8 MOD600GLECMIR New module support added to RIO600 Ver.1.8
MOD600CLECMFO
MOD600ASCM8H • SIM4F sensor module with three-phase
MOD600ASCM8L current input signals
MOD600ASIM8F
MOD600ASIM4F
MOD600ARTD4 New functionality added
MOD600AAOM4
• FPIPTOC
MOD600APSMH
• INRPHAR
MOD600APSML
• SEQSPVC
MOD600ADIM8H
• NSPTOC
MOD600ADIM8L
• Trip circuit supervision
MOD600ADOM4

3.2 Module configuration

RIO600 uses a modular architecture where the I/O control functionality is built on
modules. The modules can be stacked on a standard DIN rail to achieve the required
configuration. The minimum configuration required for RIO600 contains a power
supply module, a communication module and an I/O module.
Table 1: RIO600 module types
Module type Description
Power supply modules PSMH High-voltage range power supply module
PSML Low-voltage range power supply module
Communication modules LECM Communication module with Ethernet port
LECM Communication module with optical Ethernet port
Table continues on next page

RIO600 17
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 3 1MRS757488 H
RIO600 overview

Module type Description

I/O modules Digital input DIM8H High-voltage range, eight optically isolated binary inputs
module with common return for two inputs
DIM8L Low-voltage range, eight optically isolated binary inputs
with common return for two inputs
Digital DOM4 Four output contacts in each digital output module with
output two pairs of potential free contacts with common return
module
RTD RTD4 Four optically isolated channels supporting RTD sensors
module (Pt100, Pt250, Ni100, Ni120 and Ni250) and an mA input
(0...20 mA configurable). Individual channels are non-
isolated from each other.
Analog AOM4 Four individually isolated channels of configurable mA
output outputs driving 0...20 mA signals
module
Sensor SIM8F Sensor input module with combined three-phase current
input and voltage signals
module
Sensor SIM4F Sensor input module with three-phase current signals
input
module
Smart SCM8H High-voltage range, SCM with five application types
control
module • 4I4O – four input and four output channels
• Three-position switch
• Disconnector
• Circuit breaker
• Earthing switch

SCM8L Low-voltage range, SCM with five application types

• 4I4O – four input and four output channels

• Three-position switch
• Disconnector
• Circuit breaker
• Earthing switch

The availability and combination of RIO600 modules and channels depend on the
number of power supplies connected.
Table 2: Maximum number of modules and channels available when one power supply module
is connected
LECM with copper interface LECM with fiber interface
Description Modules Channels Modules Channels
Digital input modules (DIM8H/ 5 40 5 40
DIM8L)
Digital output modules 5 20 4 16
RTD4 modules 5 20 4 16
Table continues on next page

18 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 3
RIO600 overview

LECM with copper interface LECM with fiber interface

Description Modules Channels Modules Channels
Analog output modules 2 8 1 4
SIM8F/SIM4F modules 5 - 4 -
Smart control module (SCM8H/ 3 24 2 16
SCM8L)

Table 3: Maximum number of modules and channels available when two power supply
modules are connected
LECM with copper interface LECM with fiber interface
Description Modules Channels Modules Channels
Digital input modules (DIM8H/ 5 40 5 40
DIM8L)
Digital output modules 10 40 9 36
RTD4 modules 10 40 9 36
Analog output modules 4 16 3 12
SIM8F/SIM4F modules 5 - 5 -
Smart control module (SCM8H/ 5 40 5 40
SCM8L)

A combination of all the modules can be used in a single RIO600 stack. The number
of modules supported by a number of power supply modules is automatically checked
by PCM600. If the selected combination of modules exceeds the number of supported
modules related to power consumption, the configuration tool gives an indication and
does not configure the stack.

3.3 Web HMI

The WHMI allows accessing the present status information of RIO600 via a Web
browser. The supported Web browser version is Internet Explorer 9.0 or later and the
preferred version is Internet Explorer 10.

RIO600 19
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 3 1MRS757488 H
RIO600 overview

GUID-1857CDEE-7790-47E7-ABDA-720D2A80DFF6 V6 EN

Figure 3: General view of the RIO600 WHMI

WHMI provides information about RIO600.

• Module hardware version
• Module software version
• RIO600 modules and their statuses
• Latest GOOSE transmitting and receiving information
• Modbus TCP/IP and connection information
• Fault indication and description
• Channel statuses of input/output modules
• RIO600 configuration
• Communication parameters

3.4 PCM600 tool

PCM600 with the RIO600 connectivity package is used for configuring RIO600.

• Configuring RIO600 in the online and offline modes

• Setting the operating parameters for the modules using Parameter Setting
• Performing the I/O mapping across the modules using Signal Matrix
• Reading and writing the configuration and the parameter file to RIO600
• Setting the password using IED Users
• Establishing the GOOSE communication between the devices configured in
PCM600 using IEC 61850 configuration
• Configuring the Modbus communication settings for connection with Modbus
TCP client
• Updating composition of existing RIO600 in online and offline modes
• Migrating from older version of RIO600 to the higher version using IED
Configuration Migration
• Generating Modbus address point list for the configured modules
• Creating graphical logic configuration with Application Configuration
20 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 3
RIO600 overview

• Support for IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2 enabling the creation of IED
objects in PCM600 with the selected protocol standard version
• Exporting configuration files to a local machine
• Establishing GOOSE communication between the devices configured in
PCM600 using IEC 61850 Configuration or Goose Engineering through
Application Configuration or both

3.4.1 PCM600 and RIO600 connectivity package version

• Protection and Control IED Manager PCM600 Ver.2.9 Hotfix 2 or later
• RIO600 Connectivity Package Ver.1.8 or later

3.5 Communication

RIO600 supports horizontal Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (GOOSE)

communication according to the IEC 61850 substation automation standard versions
Edition 1 and Edition 2. It meets the horizontal communication performance criteria
for protection and fault detection defined by IEC 61850-5, that is, peer-to-peer
communication <10 ms. Currently, the IEC 61850 MMS profile for vertical TCP/IP
communication is not supported.

Modbus TCP communication to one Modbus TCP client is also supported. IEC 61850
GOOSE and Modbus TCP can be used in parallel in the same Ethernet-based station
bus.

RIO600 sends and receives binary and analog signals to or from the ABB Relion®
series protection relays and the COM600 station automation unit/RTU using the IEC
61850-8-1 GOOSE profile or Modbus TCP. Any RTU supporting these protocols can
be used. RIO600 subscribes to a GOOSE message from up to five peer protection
relays and publishes to multiple protection relays as configured. Up to seven GOOSE
data sets can be published. It is possible to send time-stamped events using the
GOOSE service with a T0 class accuracy.

RIO600 also supports Modbus TCP communication used in Ethernet networks. The
communication type is client-server where RIO600 acts as a Modbus TCP server.
RIO600 Modbus TCP server supports connection to one Modbus TCP client.

RIO600 communication module includes a galvanic RJ-45 port with 10/100 Mbits/s
or fiber-optic LC Ethernet for IEC 61850 GOOSE and Modbus TCP communication.
The used cable must be a shielded twisted pair cable CAT5e at the minimum or a
multimode fiber-optic cable with an LC connector.

Using the same Ethernet port, RIO600 can be connected in parallel to PCM600 and a
Web browser over the same communication bus.

RIO600 21
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 3 1MRS757488 H
RIO600 overview

3.5.1 TCP/IP-based protocols and used IP ports

The RIO600 device supports FTP, HTTP, Modbus TCP and the network time
management protocols.
Table 4: Supported ports in the RIO600 device
Port number Type Default state Description
20, 21 TCP Open File transfer protocol
(FTP)
123 UDP Open Network time
management protocol
80 TCP Open Web server HTTP
502 TCP Closed Modbus TCP

FTP and HTTP protocols are not secure. Ensure general security in the
substation is considered as described in General security deployment
guidelines.
FTP and HTTP are always enabled and cannot be disabled.

For the FTP protocol, it is strongly recommended to change the

default password using IED Users Management in PCM600 as
described in the communication configuration manual. The default
password in RIO600 for the ADMINISTRATOR user credential is
“ABB_RIO600”==/”.

RIO600 supports only one user credential for ADMINISTRATOR.

Modbus is disabled by default and can be enabled with Parameter

Settings in PCM600. In the plant structure, go to RIO600/IED
Configuration/Configuration/Station Communication/
MODBUS: 0 to set the Modbus configuration parameters.

22 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 4
Unpacking, inspecting and storing

Section 4 Unpacking, inspecting and storing

4.1 Removing transport packaging

Products require careful handling.

1. Examine the delivered products to ensure that they have not been damaged
during the transport.
2. Remove the transport packing carefully without force.

The cardboard packaging material is 100% recyclable.

4.2 Inspecting the product

4.2.1 Identifying the product

1. Locate the product's order number from the label on the bottom.
2. Compare the order number to the ordering information to verify that the received
product is correct.

4.2.2 Checking delivery items

Check that all items are included in the delivery in accordance with the delivery
documents.

4.2.3 Inspecting the product

The product requires careful handling before installation on site.
• Check the product to see if any damage occurred during transportation.

If the product has damaged during transportation, make a claim against the transport
contractor and notify the local ABB representative.

RIO600 23
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 4 1MRS757488 H
Unpacking, inspecting and storing

4.2.4 Returning a product damaged in transportation

If damage has occurred during transportation, appropriate actions must be taken
against the latest carrier.

Inform the nearest ABB office or representative. ABB should be notified immediately
if there are any discrepancies in relation to the delivery documents.

4.3 Storing

If the product is stored before installation, it must be done in the original transport
packaging in a dry and dust-free place. Observe the environmental requirements
stated in the technical manual.

24 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

Section 5 Installing

5.1 Mounting modules

RIO600 is designed to be mounted on the standard DIN rail. The modules can be easily
stacked and removed.

1. Mount the modules on the DIN rail.

• The modules can be stacked in the DIN rail as per configuration and in a
predefined order depending on the module type.
• After the power supply and communication modules are mounted, the
order of the DIM8H/DIM8L/DOM4/RTD4/AOM4/SIM8F/SIM4F/
SCM8H/SCM8L modules is user configurable.
Mount the RTD4 module in the extreme right side to provide optimally short
grounding arrangement to the RTD cable shields.
Table 5: Predefined order of the modules
Number of power supply modules Order of different modules
1 1.1. PSMH or PSML
1.2. LECM
1.3. DIM8H, DIM8L, DOM4, RTD4, AOM4, SIM8F,
SIM4F, SCM8H or SCM8L

2 1.1. PSMH or PSML

1.2. PSMH or PSML
1.3. LECM
1.4. DIM8H, DIM8L, DOM4, RTD4, AOM4, SIM8F,
SIM4F, SCM8H or SCM8L

2. Plug in the rubber caps on the first and the last module in the stack.
3. Install the end clamps at the first and the last module in the stack.
4. Connect the Ethernet cable before connecting the auxiliary power.

RIO600 25
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

A B A B D

C C F
GUID-A4E84E36-31F1-4FC3-89F9-4CC50E25779D V2 EN

Figure 4: Dimension and mounting details of the PSMH/PSMLDIM8H/DIM8L/

RTD4/AOM4/SCM8H/SCM8L modules

A 46 mm
B 4.5 mm
C 51 mm
D 81 mm
E 146 mm
F 99 mm

26 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

A B D

C F
GUID-3C54DC2F-92F6-4B6C-A457-2F1F0403D871 V4 EN

Figure 5: Dimension and mounting details of the digital output module DOM4

A 27.5 mm
B 4.5 mm
C 33 mm
D 81 mm
E 146 mm
F 99 mm

RIO600 27
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

A B A B D

C C F
GUID-7770857A-8B26-4B64-95E4-5ADDB579D4C8 V4 EN

Figure 6: Dimension and mounting details of the communication module

LECM

A 27.5 mm
B 4.5 mm
C 33 mm
D 81 mm
E 146 mm
F 81 mm

28 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

A B D

C F
GUID-BDCD600B-B07A-4FBF-90F3-45027360FE62 V3 EN

Figure 7: Dimension and mounting details of the SIM8F module

A 46 mm
B 4.25 mm
C 51 mm
D 81 mm
E 145.5 mm
F 85 mm

RIO600 29
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

A B D

Ready
IRF
Inrush
Fault Pass
Non Dir OC
Neg Seq OC
Non Dir EF

E
SIM4F

IL2 IL3

IL1 I0

C F
GUID-7421D7B8-A320-4124-9004-226170751AFE V1 EN

Figure 8: Dimension and mounting details of the SIM4F module

A 46 mm
B 4.25 mm
C 51 mm
D 81 mm
E 145.5 mm
F 85 mm

30 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

ABB
1 1

2 2

3 4 5
GUID-57402DEF-96C5-4555-9254-BD644C9D5B40 V2 EN

Figure 9: Assembly drawings of the RIO600 modules

1 Rubber cap
2 End clamp
3 PSM module
4 LECM module
5 DIM8H, DIM8L, DOM4, RTD4, AOM4, SIM8F, SIM4F, SCM8H, or SCM8L module
6 DIN rail

Disconnect the power supply to the module stack before any

configuration update, position change or during the addition or
removal of modules. The modules are not hot-swappable/pluggable.
Earthing of the used DIN rail should be arranged properly.

5.1.1 Configuration examples

The user-specific configuration can be adapted according to application requirements
by combining different modules.

RIO600 can be configured with a combination of low-voltage and high-voltage

modules, for example, PSMH-LECM-DIM8L, PSML-LECM-DIM8H or PSML-
PSMH-LECM-DIM8H-DIM8L-DOM4.

RIO600 31
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

RIO600

Ready Ready Ready Ready

IRF IRF IRF

DI1 DO1

DI2 DO2

DI3 DO3

DI4 DO4

Rx/Tx DI5

10M/100M DI6

DI7

DI8

PSMH LECM DIM8H DOM4

GUID-231E0B53-C035-4236-A203-FE168287C5EB V1 EN

Figure 10: RIO600 configuration with 12 channels with 8 DI and 4 DO (1 ×

DIM8H + 1 × DOM4)

RIO600

Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready

IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF

DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1

DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2

DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3

DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4

Rx/Tx

10M/100M

PSMH PSMH LECM DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4

GUID-401E0EAB-F4DF-45DF-9241-7B7BDC431416 V1 EN

Figure 11: RIO600 configuration: 40 channels with 40 DO (10 × DOM4)

RIO600

Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready

IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF

DI1 DI1 DI1 DI1 DI1

DI2 DI2 DI2 DI2 DI2

DI3 DI3 DI3 DI3 DI3

DI4 DI4 DI4 DI4 DI4

Rx/Tx DI5 DI5 DI5 DI5 DI5

10M/100M DI6 DI6 DI6 DI6 DI6

DI7 DI7 DI7 DI7 DI7

DI8 DI8 DI8 DI8 DI8

PSMH LECM DIM8H DIM8H DIM8H DIM8H DIM8H

GUID-F70DD116-2FF1-448B-B1D5-02DB8E8C404B V1 EN

Figure 12: RIO600 configuration: 40 channels with 40 DI (5 × DIM8H)

RIO600

Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready

IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF

DI1 DI1 DI1 DO1 DO1 DO1 DO1

DI2 DI2 DI2 DO2 DO2 DO2 DO2

DI3 DI3 DI3 DO3 DO3 DO3 DO3

DI4 DI4 DI4 DO4 DO4 DO4 DO4

Rx/Tx DI5 DI5 DI5

10M/100M DI6 DI6 DI6

DI7 DI7 DI7

DI8 DI8 DI8

PSMH PSMH LECM DIM8H DIM8H DIM8H DOM4 DOM4 DOM4 DOM4

GUID-ACFFC874-B810-4A43-A40C-510295C43469 V1 EN

Figure 13: RIO600 configuration: 40 channels with 24 DI and 16 DO (3 × DIM8H

+ 4 × DOM4)

32 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

RIO600

Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready

IRF IRF IRF IRF IRF

LF Fwd / Rv Inrush DI1 DO1

THD / TDD Fault Pass DI2 DO2

Non Dir OC Non Dir OC DI3 DO3

OC Fwd / Rv Neg Seq OC DI4 DO4

Rx/Tx Non Dir EF Non Dir EF DI5

10M/100M EF Fwd / Rv DI6

Volt Presence DI7

DI8

PSMH LECM SIM8F SIM4F DIM8H DOM4

GUID-749F7169-F4AD-4F30-B0E9-D535AEDB410C V3 EN

Figure 14: RIO600 configuration: 1 × SIM8F + 1 × SIM4F + 1 × DIM8H + 1 ×

DOM4

5.2 Connecting wires

5.2.1 Connecting power supply

RIO600 supports power supply modules PSMH and PSML.

With the PSMH module, the voltage range for the external power connection is
110...250 V DC (±20%) and 100...240 V AC (-15% to +10%).

With the PSML module, the voltage range for the external power connection is Uaux
nominal 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC (with variation of 50...120% of Un) and the startup
threshold is 19.2 V DC (24 V DC * 80%).

1. Fasten the power connector through the upper and lower screw terminals.
2. Connect the power supply cable to the power supply module.

RIO600 33
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

PSMH

X1

NC 2

+ 3
Uaux
- 4

NC 5

GUID-2869AC16-8422-418E-9E6B-714EC1BF8540 V2 EN

Figure 15: PSMH terminals

Table 6: PSMH screw terminal of power connection

X1 Terminal Description
1 Power earth

2 NC Not connected
3 + Line/positive
4 - Neutral/negative
5 NC Not connected
6 Power earth

34 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

PSML

X1

+ 2

+ 3
Uaux
- 4

- 5

GUID-7A81D05F-B05A-4409-819A-AA2483566560 V3 EN

Figure 16: PSML terminals

Table 7: PSML screw terminal of power connection

X1 Terminal Description
1 Power earth

2 + Positive
3 + Positive
4 - Negative
5 - Negative
6 Power earth

+ terminals of the PSML module are internally shorted.

- terminals of the PSML module are internally shorted.

Check the source polarity of the terminal connections. Reverse

polarity can withstand only 60 seconds at the maximum.

RIO600 35
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

5.2.2 Connecting Ethernet cable

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.
The LECM module is supplied with two end caps and end clamps which must be
mounted at both ends of the RIO600 stack.

The communication module works as a RIO600 main module and communicates with
different digital I/O modules over backplane for achieving functionality based on the
output activation commands received through the communication services.

1. Connect the Ethernet cable to the LECM module in RIO600.

The RJ-45 cable type must be shielded twisted cable, CAT5e at minimum. The
fiber-optic cable must be multimode type with LC connector.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the IEC 61850 station bus through the
Ethernet switch.

Ensure that the fiber-optic cable is connected on both ends of the

device. Looking directly at the LC connector may damage eyes.

Change the default IP address of the LECM module by using the

Parameter Setting tool in PCM600.

Table 8: Default settings of the LECM module

Setting Value
IP 192.168.2.10
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
Default gateway 192.168.2.1
Time Synch source none
Technical key RIO1

In case of incomplete settings, the push button switch on the LECM

module can be used to restore the default settings.

During a configuration mismatch when the power is on, the LECM

module communicates through the previously configured IP address.

5.2.3 Connecting binary input signals

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.

36 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

DIM8H module has two sets of connectors. Each set of connectors accept four binary
input connections with two isolated pairs of inputs per connection. The voltage range
for DIM8H binary input connection is 110...250 V DC (±20%). The threshold is 78 V
DC.

DIM8L module has two sets of connectors. Each set of connectors accept four binary
input connections with two isolated pairs of inputs per connection. The voltage range
for DIM8L binary input connection is 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC (±20%) variation. The
threshold is 13 V DC.

1. Fasten the input connectors through the upper and lower screw terminals.
2. Connect wires to the DI and 0V- signals.

DIM8H / DIM8L

X1

0V- 1
DI 1
DI1 2
DI 2
DI2 3

DI 3
DI3 4

DI 4
DI4 5

0V- 6

X2

0V- 1
DI 5
DI5 2
DI 6
DI6 3

DI 7
DI7 4

DI 8
DI8 5

0V- 6

GUID-FE36DD3B-6CE0-4B26-9D9D-D2E5B10FDEB8 V2 EN

Figure 17: DIM8H/DIM8L terminals

Table 9: Screw terminal of the DIM8H/DIM8L connection

X2 Binary Description LED X1 Binary Description LED
input input
terminal terminal
1 0 V- Isolated 1 0 V- Isolated
input pair input pair
2 DI5 3 DI5 2 DI1 1 DI1
3 DI6 DI6 3 DI2 DI2
4 DI7 Isolated DI7 4 DI3 Isolated DI3
input pair input pair
5 DI8 4 DI8 5 DI4 2 DI4
6 0 V- 6 0 V-

RIO600 37
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

5.2.4 Connecting binary output signals

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.

The DOM4 module has four signaling outputs with a common return for a pair of two
outputs. The default contact status during auxiliary shutdown and startup phase is
“Opened”. Once a valid configuration is accepted, the contacts operate based on the
output activation commands received via communication services.

The rated voltage for binary output connection is 250 V AC or 250 V DC. The binary
output contact operation time is 5...7 ms.

1. Fasten the output connector through the upper and lower screw terminals.
2. Connect wires to the DO and COM signals.

DOM4

X1

COM 1
DO1
DO1 2
DO2
DO2 3

DO3 4
DO3
DO4 5
DO4
COM 6

GUID-1E9D25F1-9224-4DBB-921A-F310E2ACAE7A V2 EN

Figure 18: DOM4 terminals

Table 10: Screw terminal of the DOM4 connection

X1 Binary output terminal Description LED
1 COM Isolated output pair 1
2 DO1 DO1
3 DO2 DO2
Table continues on next page

38 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

X1 Binary output terminal Description LED

4 DO3 Isolated output pair 2 DO3
5 DO4 DO4
6 COM

5.2.5 Connecting RTD/mA signals

Use a shielded cable for the connection of RTD/mA signals. Connect the shield of the
cable to the DIN rail through an earthing clamp, for example, Weidmuller Earthing
Clamp: 1252520000 (KLBUE 4-13.5 FM4).

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.
The RTD4 module has two sets of connectors where each set accepts two RTD/mA
signals.

1. Fasten the input connector through the upper and lower screw terminals.
2. Connect the signals based on the type of configuration.
• For 2-wire RTD configuration, connect the RTD signals between - and +
terminals and short - and C terminals, else there will be an IRF.

RTD4

X1

1C 1

1- 2
Resistor sensor
RTD1
1+ 3

2C 4

2- 5
Resistor sensor
RTD2
2+ 6

X2

3C 1

3- 2
Resistor sensor
RTD3
3+ 3

4C 4

4- 5
Resistor sensor
RTD4
4+ 6
Earth Clamp (mounted on DIN Rail)

GUID-6B99373F-69D2-490B-8563-BB772E0018B1 V2 EN

Figure 19: 2-wire RTD

• For 3-wire RTD configuration, connect the three terminals of RTD sensor
between C, - and + terminals.

RIO600 39
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

RTD4

X1

1C 1

1- 2
Resistor sensor
RTD1
1+ 3

2C 4

2- 5
Resistor sensor
RTD2
2+ 6

X2

3C 1

3- 2
Resistor sensor
RTD3
3+ 3

4C 4

4- 5
Resistor sensor
RTD4
4+ 6
Earth Clamp (mounted on DIN Rail)

GUID-F9DE43D9-89EA-4C64-A58A-3C7D77E9FDA3 V2 EN

Figure 20: 3-wire RTD

40 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

GUID-74279678-A852-4309-8E64-1648505072ED V2 EN

Figure 21: mA input connection

The recommended connection method is 3-wire RTD as it allows

compensation of connection lead (connection wire) resistance and the
results are more accurate.

Table 11: Screw terminal of RTD/mA connection

X2 RTD/mA input Description X1 RTD/mA input Description
terminal terminal
1 3C Ch3 1 1C Ch1
compensation compensation
2 3- Ch3 return 2 1- Ch1 return
path (negative path (negative
terminal) terminal)
3 3+ Ch3 positive 3 1+ Ch1 positive
terminal terminal
Table continues on next page

RIO600 41
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

X2 RTD/mA input Description X1 RTD/mA input Description

terminal terminal
4 4C Ch4 4 2C Ch2
compensation compensation
5 4- Ch4 return 5 2- Ch2 return
path (negative path (negative
terminal) terminal)
6 4+ Ch4 positive 6 2+ Ch2 positive
terminal terminal

5.2.6 Connecting AOM4 signals

Use a shielded cable for the connection of RTD/mA signals. Connect the shield of the
cable to the DIN rail through an earthing clamp, for example, Weidmuller Earthing
Clamp: 1252520000 (KLBUE 4-13.5 FM4).

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.
The AOM4 module has two sets of connectors where each set provides two AOM4
signals.

1. Fasten the input connector through the upper and lower screw terminals.
2. For AOM4 configuration, connect the wires between - and + terminals.

42 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

AOM4

X1

1+ 1

mA
1- 2
mA1
NC 3

NC 4

mA
2+ 5
mA2
2- 6

X2

1+ 1

mA
1- 2
mA3
NC 3

NC 4

mA
2+ 5
mA4
2- 6
Earth Clamp (mounted on DIN Rail)

GUID-8154292B-5CC0-40E1-891F-8B1BFB71B143 V2 EN

Figure 22: mA output connection

Table 12: Screw terminal of AOM4 connection

X2 AOM output Description X1 AOM output Description
terminal terminal
1 3+ Ch3 out 1 1+ Ch1 out
2 3- Ch3 return 2 1- Ch1 return
path (negative path (negative
terminal) terminal)
3 NC Not connected 3 NC Not connected
4 NC Not connected 4 NC Not connected
5 4+ Ch4 out 5 2+ Ch2 out
6 4- Ch4 return 6 2- Ch2 return
(negative (negative
terminal) terminal)

5.2.7 Connecting SIM8F sensor signals

RIO600 accepts three phase voltage and current signals to RJ-45 connectors.

The input signals are fed from combined non-conventional instrument transformers
(NCIT) which have both a current sensor based on Rogowski coil principle and a

RIO600 43
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

voltage sensor based on capacitive divider principle. The sensor is equipped with
current and voltage signal cable with RJ-45 connector for connection with SIM8F
module. There are also separate current and voltage sensors which are wired to a
single RJ-45 connector with adapter.

• Use the cable connector type RJ-45 for connecting the sensors with SIM8F.
• Connect both current and voltage signals to the sensor input for proper operation.

Preferred ABB combined sensor for RIO600 is KEVCY 24 RE1, KEVCY 36 RE1,
KEVCY 40.5 RE1 or KEVCD A.

Preferred combination of ABB current sensors is KECA 80 C85 and ABB voltage
sensor KEVA 24 C10, 24 C21, 24 C22, 24 C23, 17.5 B20, 17.5 B21, 24 B20, or 24
B21.

RIO600 supports also split-core current sensor type for retro-fit purposes. Preferred
split-core sensor is KECA 80 D85.

KEVCY XX RE1 RIO600

RJ-45

Cable RJ-45

I+U

GUID-D2C381D7-7B48-49CA-8677-35DC27DBB38E V1 EN

Figure 23: Connecting combisensor to RIO600 RJ-45

44 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

SIM8F

I0

PIN 4
Io
PIN 5

IL1/UL1

PIN 4
IL1
PIN 5

PIN 7
UL1
PIN 8

IL2/UL2

PIN 4
IL2
PIN 5

PIN 7
UL2
PIN 8

IL3/UL3

PIN 4
IL3
PIN 5

PIN 7
UL3
PIN 8

GUID-74722F5D-DCF0-4B35-B0DD-FA5D378124A9 V1 EN

Figure 24: SIM8F terminals

Table 13: SIM8F connection terminal

Connector Pin # Sensor terminal Description
connection
I0 4, 5 S1, S2 Analog input
connection for
neutral/Io (earth
current connection)
IL1/UL1 4,5 S1, S2 Analog input connector
7,8 a, n for phase 1 current and
voltage signals
IL2/UL2 4,5 S1, S2 Analog input connector
7,8 a, n for phase 2 current and
voltage signals
IL3/UL3 4,5 S1, S2 Analog input connector
7,8 a, n for phase 3 current and
voltage signals

RIO600 45
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

5.2.8 Connecting SIM4F sensor signals

In RIO600, SIM4F accepts three phase current signals to RJ-45 connectors.

The input signals are fed from a current sensor based on the Rogowski coil principle.
The sensor should be equipped with an RJ-45 connector for connection with the
SIM4F module. There are current sensors which are wired to a single RJ-45 connector
with adapter.

• Use the cable connector type RJ-45 for connecting the sensors with SIM4F.
• Connect current signals to the sensor input for proper operation.

Preferred ABB current sensor is KECA 80 C85.

RIO600 supports also split-core current sensor type for retro-fit purposes. Preferred
split-core sensor is KECA 80 D85.

KEVCY XX RE1 RIO600

RJ-45

Cable RJ-45

GUID-3FE5111C-6DB7-4836-A187-CD4C363DB8C7 V1 EN

Figure 25: Connecting split-core current sensor to RIO600 RJ-45

46 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

SIM4F

I0

PIN 4
Io
PIN 5

IL1

PIN 4
IL1
PIN 5

PIN 7

PIN 8

IL2

PIN 4
IL2
PIN 5

PIN 7

PIN 8

IL3

PIN 4
IL3
PIN 5

PIN 7

PIN 8

GUID-36CA879C-6BF8-477D-B62E-77C2BDF4DF4E V1 EN

Figure 26: SIM4F terminals

Table 14: SIM4F connection terminal

Sensor terminal
Connector Pin # Description
connection
Analog input
connection for
I0 4, 5 S1, S2
neutral/Io (earth
current connection)
Analog input connector
S1, S2
IL1 4,5 for phase 1 current
a, n
signal
Analog input connector
S1, S2
IL2 4,5 for phase 2 current
a, n
signal
Analog input connector
S1, S2
IL3 4,5 for phase 3 current
a, n
signal

RIO600 47
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

5.2.9 Connecting smart control module signals

Smart control module supports different switchgear application types such as
managing two-position or three-position switches or managing circuit breaker trip
commands or generic four binary inputs and four fast power outputs.

Check that the proper power supply and LECM modules are mounted on the DIN rail.

SCM8H/SCM8L modules have two sets of connectors. X1 is used for the binary
inputs and X2 for the solid state outputs. X1 connectors accept four binary input
connections with two isolated pairs of inputs per connection. X2 connectors have four
outputs with a common return for a pair of two outputs.

The voltage range for SCM8H binary input connection is 110...250 V DC (±20%).
The threshold is 78 V DC.

The voltage range for SCM8L binary input connection is 24...60 V DC (±20%). The
threshold is 13 V DC.

The operation time of the high-speed output contact is <200 µs.

1. Fasten the input and output connectors through the upper and lower screw
terminals.
2. Connect wires to the signals according to the used application.
The functionality of the four digital inputs is equal to the standard input board
DIM8. Each application type has different wiring requirements and a specific
connection diagram.

Check that the polarity of the solid state power outputs is correct.

Check the direction of motor rotation/moving switch, if applicable,

and ensure the right polarity of the high-speed outputs.

48 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

SCM8H / SCM8L

X1

0V- 1 COM for DI1 and DI2

DI 1
DI1 2 Earthing switch CLOSE
DI 2
DI2 3 Earthing switch OPEN

DI 3
DI3 4 Disconnector CLOSE

DI 4
DI4 5 Disconnector OPEN

0V- 6 COM for DI3 and DI4

X2

- 1 L-
HS1
HS1 2
HS2
HS2 3 M

HS3 4
HS3
HS4 5
HS4
+ 6 L+

GUID-732CEDBB-5677-4C61-9598-ED1BB4A28C01 V2 EN

Figure 27: Connection diagram for three-position switch application (rod type
with DC motor)

Table 15: SCM connection for three-position switch application

X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description
inputs outputs
OV- 1 Common - 1 AUX. DC
return for DI1 voltage L-
and DI2
DI1 2 Earthing HS1 2 DC motor
switch CLOSE connection
position signal
DI2 3 Earthing HS2 3 DC motor
switch OPEN connection
position signal
DI3 4 Disconnector HS3 4 DC motor
switch CLOSE connection
position signal
DI4 5 Disconnector HS4 5 DC motor
switch OPEN connection
position signal
OV- 6 Common + 6 AUX. DC
return for DI3 voltage L+
and DI4

RIO600 49
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

SCM8H / SCM8L

X1

0V- 1 COM for DI1 and DI2

DI 1
DI1 2 Earthing switch CLOSE
DI 2
DI2 3 Earthing switch OPEN

DI 3
DI3 4

DI 4
DI4 5

0V- 6

X2

- 1 L-
HS1
HS1 2
HS2
HS2 3 M

HS3 4
HS3
HS4 5
HS4
+ 6 L+

GUID-D8265D66-FEE0-459D-80B4-B90EBA669A29 V2 EN

Figure 28: Connection diagram for two-position earthing switch application (rod
type with DC motor)

Table 16: SCM connection for two-position earthing switch application

X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description
inputs outputs
OV- 1 Common - 1 AUX. DC
return for DI1 voltage L-
and DI2
DI1 2 Earthing HS1 2 DC motor
switch CLOSE connection
position signal
DI2 3 Earthing HS2 3 DC motor
switch OPEN connection
position signal
DI3 4 Digital input 3 HS3 4 DC motor
connection
DI4 5 Digital input 4 HS4 5 DC motor
connection
OV- 6 Common + 6 AUX. DC
return for DI3 voltage L+
and DI4

50 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

SCM8H / SCM8L

X1

0V- 1
DI 1
DI1 2
DI 2
DI2 3

DI 3
DI3 4 Disconnector CLOSE

DI 4
DI4 5 Disconnector OPEN

0V- 6 COM for DI3 and DI4

X2

- 1 L-
HS1
HS1 2
HS2
HS2 3 M

HS3 4
HS3
HS4 5
HS4
+ 6 L+

GUID-B93E3F33-5A6E-42D1-9240-B9E860B0E4F0 V2 EN

Figure 29: Connection diagram for two-position disconnector switch application

(rod type with DC motor)

Table 17: SCM connection for two-position disconnector switch application

X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description
inputs outputs
OV- 1 Common - 1 AUX. DC
return for DI1 voltage L-
and DI2
DI1 2 Digital input 1 HS1 2 DC motor
connection
DI2 3 Digital input 2 HS2 3 DC motor
connection
DI3 4 Disconnector HS3 4 DC motor
switch CLOSE connection
position signal
DI4 5 Disconnector HS4 5 DC motor
switch OPEN connection
position signal
OV- 6 Common + 6 AUX. DC
return for DI3 voltage L+
and DI4

RIO600 51
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

SCM8H / SCM8L

X1
0V- 1 COM for DI1 and DI2
DI1
DI1 2 CB OPEN
DI2
DI2 3 CB CLOSE

DI3 4 CB READY
DI3

DI4 5
DI4

0V- 6 COM for DI3 and DI4

X2
- 1 -VAUX
HS1
HS1 2
HS2
HS2 3

HS3 4
HS3
HS4 5
HS4
+ 6 +VAUX

relay compartment
circuit breaker compartment

close control

52b 52a
-VAUX

OPEN COIL
CB

R
-VAUX

CLOSE COIL

GUID-B1267BF8-65D3-404B-A22B-35BAC79B7F18 V3 EN

Figure 30: Connection diagram for circuit breaker application with trip circuit
supervision (direct tripping - double pole)

Table 18: SCM connection for circuit breaker application

X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description
inputs outputs
OV- 1 Common - 1 AUX. DC
return for for voltage L-
DI1 and DI2
DI1 2 Position HS1 2 CB OPEN Trip
indication for coil
CB Open
DI2 3 Position HS2 3 CB CLOSE
indication for coil
CB Close
Table continues on next page

52 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description

inputs outputs
DI3 4 CB READY HS3 4 CB OPEN Trip
status coil
DI4 5 Digital input 4 HS4 5 CB CLOSE
coil
OV- 6 Common + 6 AUX. DC
return for DI3 voltage L+
and DI4

SCM8H / SCM8L

X1

0V- 1 COM for DI1 and DI2

DI 1
DI1 2 DIGITAL INPUT 1
DI 2
DI2 3 DIGITAL INPUT 2

DI 3
DI3 4 DIGITAL INPUT 3

DI 4
DI4 5 DIGITAL INPUT 4

0V- 6 COM for DI3 and DI4

X2

- 1 L-
HS1
HS1 2 High Speed output 1
HS2
HS2 3 High Speed output 2

HS3 4 High Speed output 3

HS3
HS4 5 High Speed output 4
HS4
+ 6 L+

GUID-3EC4F59A-7633-4CBE-8FDB-3CE12B4386D4 V2 EN

Figure 31: Connection diagram for generic four DI and four high-speed power
outputs (HS)

RIO600 53
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 5 1MRS757488 H
Installing

+
X2 6

HS3 HS4

X2 2 3 X2 4 5
HS1 HS2

X2 1
-
GUID-4890CF9E-29E8-45EC-9381-A5039EC17297 V1 EN

Figure 32: 4I4O connection

HS3 and HS4 need to be connected as the negative terminal of the

voltage source.

Table 19: SCM connection for generic four inputs and four high-speed power outputs
X1 Connector Description X2 Connector Description
inputs outputs
OV- 1 Common - 1 AUX. DC
return for DI1 voltage L-
and DI2
DI1 2 Digital input 1 HS1 2 High speed
output 1
DI2 3 Digital input 2 HS2 3 High speed
output 2
DI3 4 Digital input 3 HS3 4 High speed
output 3
DI4 5 Digital input 4 HS4 5 High speed
output 4
OV- 6 Common + 6 AUX. DC
return for DI3 voltage L+
and DI4

5.3 Connecting RIO600 to a PC

Connect RIO600 to a PC within the same IP subnet.

54 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 5
Installing

The default IP address of the LECM module is 192.168.2.10.

5.3.1 Checking the connection to RIO600

The connection to RIO600 can be checked either with ICMP Ping messages or by
connecting to RIO600 via a Web browser.

1. To check the connection between the PC and RIO600 with ICMP Ping
messages, open the Run dialog box.
2. Type cmd in the Open box.
3. Click OK to access the command prompt.

GUID-06A4AF7C-7A20-4D63-BD70-E2B633777D65 V1 EN

Figure 33: Starting command prompt

4. Ping the IP address of RIO600 by typing, for example, ping

192.168.2.10.

GUID-4C8C424E-1711-4601-A423-F8531B635488 V1 EN

Figure 34: Type ping command

RIO600 responds with valid Ping replies if the connection and used IP address
are correct.

RIO600 55
Installation and Commissioning Manual
56
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Section 6 Commissioning

6.1 Parameter setting

The operating parameters of the LECM, DIM8H, DIM8L,DOM4, RTD4, AOM4,

SIM8F and SIM4F modules.

6.1.1 Operating parameter settings LECM

Table 20: Operating parameter settings for LECM
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
General Parameters
Test Mode Disable/Enable Disable This parameter enables or disables the Test
mode parameter in RIO600.
Standalone configuration False/True False If enabled, RIO600 operates in standalone mode
without any GOOSE/Modbus commands
Communication
IP Address 192.168.2.10 IP address for RIO600
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet mask address for RIO600
Default Gateway 192.168.2.1 Gateway address for RIO600
Synch Source None/SNTP/Modbus None Time synchronization (SNTP) selection.
None: SNTP functionality not selected. If the
SNTP time synchronization is not required or
available, the Synch Source parameter must be
set to “None". RIO600 displays the default time on
the WHMI in red to indicate that time is not
synchronized.
SNTP: SNTP functionality selected. If two
separate SNTP servers are available, their IP
addresses can be configured with parameters IP
SNTP Primary and IP SNTP Secondary. If a
single SNTP server is used, its IP address can be
configured in the IP SNTP Primary parameter,
and the IP SNTP Secondary parameter can be
configured as "0.0.0.0".
Modbus: Syncronization by unsigned 16 bit UTC
time.
IP SNTP Primary 10.58.125.165 IP address for SNTP server 1
Table continues on next page

RIO600 57
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description

IP SNTP Secondary 192.168.2.165 IP address for SNTP server 2
If the second SNTP server is not required,
configure this field with the value "0.0.0.0" to
disable the server.
Physical MAC Address Disabled/Enabled Disabled Disabled = Physical MAC address check disabled
Check Enabled = Physical MAC address check enabled
If this parameter is enabled, then RIO600 checks
physical MAC address of the publisher IED and
will only accept GOOSE message subscribed by
RIO600.
In this way, RIO600 can do an additional security
verification of peer IED.
To be used with care as this parameter does not
update if the system configuration is updated or
peer IED is replaced.
Physical MAC address 00:00:00:00:00: Physical MAC address of the publisher IED.
00

6.1.1.1 Standalone configuration

RIO600 can be configured to operate in a standalone mode. During this mode, RIO600
ignores all events from the publisher. It also does not check for any communication
errors or warnings and the modules can be configured as desired. With the parameter
default value "false", the Ethernet cable is expected to be connected, otherwise
RIO600 indicates a warning due to communication failure.

6.1.1.2 Intermodule communication

Binary signals in RIO600 can be configured to operate the outputs within the same
RIO600 stack. Any binary signal can be mapped to any of the output contacts. RIO600
supports the one-input NOT logic function and four-input OR and AND logic
functions through which signals can be passed and mapped to one output contact. A
logic output can also be available on GOOSE through the MVGAPC block. RIO600
supports up to two MVGAPC blocks, 20 OR, 20 AND, and 20 NOT logic blocks per
RIO600 stack.

6.1.2 Operating parameter settings DIM8H and DIM8L

The parameters for DIM8H and DIM8L are the same.

58 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 21: Operating parameter settings for DIM8H and DIM8L

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Debounce Time 5...4095 ms 10 This parameter is the debounce time for the DIM8
module in ms.
Oscillation Upper Limit 2...63 Counts 63 This parameter is the oscillation suppression
upper limit.
The parameter value acts as the count for upper
limit.
Oscillation Suppression 1...62 Counts 62 This parameter is the oscillation suppression
Hysteresis Hysteresis.
The parameter value acts as the count for
Hysteresis.
Oscillation Time 0...4095 ms 4095 This parameter is the oscillation suppression time
limit. The parameter value acts as the time
window for the oscillation detection in ms.
0 means that no oscillation suppression is active.
Description Digital Input 1...8 User defined channel name not exceeding 30
characters
Channel 1 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 1 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 2 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 2 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 3 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 3 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 4 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 4 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 5 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 5 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 6 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 6 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 7 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 7 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Channel 8 Inversion Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 8 input type: non-inverted/inverted
Input Channel 1 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 1: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 2 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 2 : enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 3 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 3: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 4 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 4: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 5 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 5: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 6 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 6: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 7 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 7: enabled/disabled
Disabled
Input Channel 8 Enabled/ Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 8: enabled/disabled
Disabled

6.1.2.1 Binary input debounce time (filter time)

The filter time eliminates debounces and short disturbances on a binary input. The
filter time is set for each binary input.

RIO600 59
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

1 2

4
5 5
GUID-13DA5833-D263-4E23-B666-CF38B1011A4B V1 EN

Figure 35: Binary input filtering

1 t0

2 t1

3 Input signal
4 Filtered input signal
5 Filter time

At the beginning, the input signal is at the high state, the short low state is filtered and
no input state change is detected. The low state starts when the time t0 exceeds the
filter time, which means that the change in the input state is detected and the time tag
attached to the input change is t0. The high state starts when t1 is detected and the time
tag t1 is attached.

6.1.2.2 Binary input inversion

When a binary input is inverted, the state of the input is TRUE (1) when no control
voltage is applied to its terminals. Accordingly, the input state is FALSE (0) when a
control voltage is applied to the terminals of the binary input.

LEDs and WHMI reflect the physical input signal present on the binary input terminal.

6.1.2.3 Oscillation suppression

Oscillation suppression is used to reduce the load from the system when a binary input
starts oscillating. A binary input is regarded as oscillating if the number of valid state
changes (= number of events after filtering) during configured time period (as per
oscillation time parameter) is equal to or greater than the set oscillation level value.
During oscillation, the binary input is blocked (the status is invalid) and an event is
generated. The state of the input does not change when it is blocked, that is, its state
depends on the condition before blocking.

60 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

The binary input is regarded as non-oscillating if the number of valid state changes
during configured time period is less than the set oscillation level value minus the set
oscillation hysteresis value. The oscillation hysteresis must be set lower than the
oscillation level to enable the input to be restored from oscillation. When the input
returns to a non-oscillating state, the binary input is deblocked (the status is valid) and
an event is generated.

6.1.3 Operating parameter settings DOM4

Table 22: Operating parameter settings for DOM4
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Description Digital Output User defined channel name not exceeding 30
1...4 characters
Pulse Length 10 to 65535 ms 10 The integer value in this parameter indicates the
pulse length for the output channels in
milliseconds (ms). This parameter is configurable
separately for each output channel.
Signal Type Static/Pulse Static output signal type: static/pulse
This parameter is configurable separately for
each output channel.
Output Channel 1 Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 1 output type: non-inverted/inverted
Inversion
Output Channel 2 Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 2 output type: non-inverted/inverted
Inversion
Output Channel 3 Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 3 output type: non-inverted/inverted
Inversion
Output Channel 4 Non-Inverted/Inverted Non Inverted channel 4 output type: non-inverted/inverted
Inversion
Output Channel 1 Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 1: enabled/disabled
Enabled
Output Channel 2 Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 2: enabled/disabled
Enabled
Output Channel 3 Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 3: enabled/disabled
Enabled
Output Channel 4 Enabled/Disabled Enabled channel 4: enabled/disabled
Enabled

Table 23: Details of output channels on a DOM4 board configured for IRF
Status Contact condition LED status
Power-on Open OFF
Normal operating condition Closed ON
IRF condition Open OFF

It is possible to map IRF condition to any binary output via Signal

Matrix in PCM600.

RIO600 61
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Certain parameters, for example, signal type, inversion and disabling,

are not applicable to the channel that is configured for the IRF
operation. OR logic function should not be used with the contact used
for IRF operation.

6.1.4 Operating parameter settings of RTD/mA module

Table 24: Operating parameter settings
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Description Analog Input 1...4 User defined channel name not exceeding 30
characters
Input mode Pt100 Not in use Input channel type selection.
Pt250 “Not in Use” indicates that the channel is
Ni100 disabled.
Ni120
Ni250
0…20mA
Not in Use
All the below parameters depend on the selected input mode (RTD/mA)
Conn Type Input mode Input Connection type based on the selected input
- RTD mode - mA mode.
2-wire
3-wire
Input Max -40...200 ° 0.0...20.0 Maximum range of input based on the selected
C mA input mode.
For example, if the selected input mode is “0…20
mA” and the channel has to be configured for
4...20 mA, Input Max is 20.0.
Input Min -40...200 ° 0.0...20.0 Minimum range of input based on the selected
C mA input mode.
For example, if the selected Input Mode is “0…20
mA” and the channel has to be configured for
4...20 mA, Input Min is 4.0.
SuperVision time 0...5 s 5 The rate at which value of measurements is
reported.
Tolerance Low 0...4 % 0 Tolerance in percentage on lower value of mA
input range. For RTD, this is not applicable.
For example, if the channel is configured for 4 to
20 mA and selected Tolerance Low is 4, then 4%
(= 0.64) of range (= 16 mA) is applied to Input Min
Value. Thus, if measured value is less than Input
Min by Tolerance Low % (= 3.36) of configured
range (Input Max – Input Min ), the value is
considered “out of range”.
Tolerance High 0...4 % 0 Tolerance in percentage on higher value of mA
input range. For RTD, this is not applicable.
For example, if the channels are configured for
4...20 mA and selected Tolerance High is 4, then
4% (= 0.64) of range (= 16 mA) is applied to Input
Max Value. Thus, if measured value is more than
Input Max by Tolerance High % (= 20. 64) of
configured range (Input Max – Input Min), the
value is considered “out of range”.
Table continues on next page

62 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description

Value Unit Degree Celsius, Value unit is based on type of configuration.
Dimensionless, mA
Value Max Degree Celsius: 20 Upper limit of range
-40...+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
Value Min Degree Celsius: 0 Lower limit of range
-40...+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
Value High High Degree Celsius: -40… 18 High high alarm limit
+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
.
Value High Degree Celsius: 17 High alarm limit
-40...+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
Value Low Degree Celsius: -40…. 3 Low alarm limit
+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
Value Low Low Degree Celsius: 2 Low low alarm limit
-40...+200
Dimensionless:
-10000...+10000
mA: 0...20
Deadband Value 0.1…10 % 0.5 Deadband value in percentage or range

Configure the input mode of unused RTD channels as "Not in use".

6.1.4.1 Selection of output value format

Each channel has individual Value unit settings for selecting the unit for the channel
output. The default setting is “Dimensionless”. The other settings like Input minimum,
Input maximum, Value maximum and Value minimum have to be adjusted according
to the input channel selected.

When the channel is selected for the RTD input type, the Value unit setting should be
set to “Degree Celsius” and linear scaling is not possible.

When the channel is selected for the mA input signal and Value unit is set to “mA”,
linear scaling is not possible, but the default range (0…20 mA) can be set smaller with
the Input maximum and Input minimum parameters. If the application requires linear

RIO600 63
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

scaling of the input range, the Value unit parameter must be set to “Dimensionless”,
where the input range can be scaled linearly with the parameters Input minimum and
Input maximum to Value minimum and Value maximum.

6.1.4.2 Linear input scaling

Each channel can be scaled linearly when the Input Mode parameter is set to “0…20
mA” and the Value Unit parameter is set to “Dimensionless”.

The scaling is defined by a curve consisting of two points, where the y-axis (Input
minimum and Input maximum) defines the input range and the x-axis (Value minimum
and Value maximum) is the range of the scaled value of the input.

The input scaling can be bypassed by selecting Value unit to be "mA"

when Input mode is "0...20 mA".

Example of linear scaling

The mA input is used as tap changer position information. The sensor information is
from 4...20 mA, which is equivalent to the tap changer position from -36...+36
respectively.

GUID-2605859F-0877-4477-A3AA-98BC1F8219C6 V1 EN

Figure 36: Example of linear scaling

6.1.4.3 Measurement chain supervision

Each channel is monitored continuously for any break of circuitry in any enabled
channel. If the RTD input cable is damaged or broken, the channel value in GOOSE

64 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

is set to zero and the quality bit is set to invalid after the supervision filter time has
elapsed. Also, the IRF LED on the module flashes a warning and WHMI shows "Ext
HW fault". If the mA input cable is damaged or broken, the channel value in GOOSE
is set to zero and the quality remains good. If the measured input value goes beyond
the limits, the value gets saturated to the limits and the quality bits of the
corresponding output are set accordingly.
Table 25: Limits for the RTD/mA inputs
Input Limit value
RTD temperature, high >200 °C
RTD temperature, low <-40 °C
Current, high >20 mA
Current, low < Minimum of "Input Min" parameter value

One supervisory circuitry is shared between two input channels. If the

supervisory circuitry detects failure, both input channels are declared
faulty.

6.1.4.4 Calibration

The RTD and mA input channel is calibrated at the factory.

6.1.4.5 Limit value supervision

The limit value supervision indicates whether the measured value of channel exceeds
or falls below the set limits. All the channels have an individual limit parameter
setting. The measured value contains the corresponding range information in GOOSE
parameter “range” and has a value of 0...4.
• 0: “normal”
• 1: “high”
• 2: “low”
• 3: “high-high”
• 4: “low-low”

RIO600 65
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

GUID-FA37DCA8-623A-4AFE-943F-F9E2968B7080 V1 EN

Figure 37: Limit value supervision

Table 26: Settings for RTD/mA input limit value supervision

Function Settings for limit value supervision
RTD/mA input Out of range Value maximum
High-high limit Val high-high limit
High limit Val high limit
Low limit Val low limit
Low-low limit Val low-low limit
Out of range Value minimum

When the measured value exceeds either the Value maximum parameter or the Value
minimum parameter, the corresponding quality is set to “Out of range”.

6.1.4.6 Deadband supervision

Deadband settings are used to select how sensitively RIO600 sends the updated
measurements to data subscriber over the GOOSE and Modbus communication. The
deadband settings must be sensitive enough to report events fast enough but also
insensitive enough not to load the Ethernet network with unnecessary events.

The deadband functionality decides the percentage change in the input values that
needs to be reported to the application. If the percentage change between the current
measured values and the last reported values is greater than the set DeadBand Value
(in %) of the measured range, the current measurement is reported to the application.

66 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Otherwise, the last reported measurement value is continued to be made available for
the application.

Deadband formula:

[ABS (new value – last reported value) > (% of Deadband value × Measured range)]

The measured range is the difference between the parameters Input Max value and
Input Min value.

Measured range = ABS (Input Max – Input Min)

For example, if Input Min = 0, Input Max = 20, Deadband value = 1% and Last
reported value = 10 and if the new measured value is less than 9.8 or greater than 10.2,
the measured value should be reported.

If the value remains unchanged, it is reported after every 30 seconds.

Since the functionality can be utilized in various measurement modes,

the default values are set to minimum. Thus, it is very important to set
correct limit values to suit the application before the deadband
supervision works properly.

6.1.5 Operating parameter settings of AOM4

Table 27: Operating parameter settings of AOM4
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Description Analog Output User-defined channel name not exceeding 30
1...4 characters
Output Mode 0...20 mA Not in use Mode of configuration
Not in use When "Not in use" is selected, the channel is
disabled.
Output Max 0...20 20 Maximum value of mA output
Output Min 0...20 0 Minimum value of mA output
Value Unit Dimensionless Dimensionless Value unit depends on the configuration type.
mA
Value Max Dimensionless: 20.0 Upper limit of the range for GOOSE
-100000.0…+100000.0 For Modbus the range is -32768...+32768
mA: 0...20
Value Min Dimensionless: 0.0 Lower limit of the range for GOOSE
-100000.0…+100000.0 For Modbus the range is -32768...+32768
mA: 0...20
Deadband Value 0…10 % 0 Deadband value in percentage
Deadband not applicable when set to 0

RIO600 67
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

At power-up, AOM4 channel drives the minimum configured mA

value.

If setting Value Unit is in mA, settings Value Min and Value Max are
not relevant.

6.1.5.1 Calibration

The calibration of the mA output channels and read-back channels is done at the
factory.

6.1.5.2 Output channel supervision

Each output channel is continuously monitored for its health. If an output cable is
damaged, broken or if the connections are open, the IRF LED on the module flashes
a warning and WHMI shows “Ext HW fault”. As a main part of self-supervision, the
module continuously reads back the value driven as an output. If this readback value
deviates by 1% of range with respect to driven value, the IRF LED is steady and
WHMI shows “Supervision fault”.

6.1.5.3 Deadband supervision

Deadband settings are used to select how sensitively AOM4 module operates the
output based on the information received over GOOSE or Modbus communication.

The deadband functionality decides the percentage change in the output value that
needs to be generated at the AOM4 output terminals. If the percentage change
between the newly received value and the last driven value is greater than the set
Deadband Value (in %) of the output range, then the newly received value drives the
output. Otherwise, the last driven value is continued at the output terminals.

Deadband formula:

[ABS (new value – last output driven value) > (% of Deadband value × Output range)]

The output range is the difference between the parameters Output Max value and
Output Min value.

Output range = ABS (Output Max – Output Min)

For example, if Output Min = 0, Output Max = 20, Deadband value = 1% and Last
output value = 10 and if the new received output value is less than 9.8 or greater than
10.2, the new output value should be driven.

68 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

6.1.6 Operating parameter settings of SIM8F module

Table 28: Operating parameter settings of SIM8F module
Parameter name Range Unit Step Default Description
Frequency 50 Hz - 50 Hz Rated system
60 frequency
Nominal current 80…630 A 1 400 Nominal phase
current
Nominal voltage 500…48000 V 1 15000 Nominal phase-
to-phase voltage
Rated sensor current 80 A - 80 Rated primary
250 current of sensor
Io signal sel Calculated Io - - Calculated Io Selection used
Measured Io for Io signal
Phase Rotation ABC - - ABC Phase rotation
ACB order
Sensor Correction Factors
Phase A Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase A
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase A
Voltage 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for voltage
sensor, phase A
Voltage Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for voltage
sensor, phase A
Phase B Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase B
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase B
Voltage 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for voltage
sensor, phase B
Voltage Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for voltage
sensor, phase B
Table continues on next page

RIO600 69
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Step Default Description

Phase C Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase C
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase C
Voltage 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for voltage
sensor, phase C
Voltage Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for voltage
sensor, phase C
Residual Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1.0000 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, residual
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.00025 0.000 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, residual
LED Reset Time Delay 1…1440 min 1 60 LEDs Reset
delay time
(incase no
external signal
received for
resetting). This is
applicable to
THD/TDD, OC
and EF fault
indication LEDs.
Default Load Flow Direction Forward, - - Forward Load flow
Reverse direction
selection. The
load flow
direction LED
color for Forward
selection is,
Forward =
Green, Reverse
= Red and vice
versa.
THD & TDD LED colors THD = Red, TDD - - THD = Green THD & TDD LED
= Green TDD = Red indication
THD = Green,
TDD = Red
Protection LED Colors Forward = Red, - - Forward = Green Over Current
Reverse = Green Reverse = Red Direction LED
Forward = indication
Green, Reverse Common setting
= Red for DOC and
DEF
Table continues on next page

70 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Step Default Description

Fault Indication Reset Method Self Reset - - Definite Time Self Reset
Method, Method: Flashing
Definite Time, protection
Voltage indication LED is
Presence, reset
DT or Voltage immediately
Presence once the fault is
cleared.
Definite Time:
Flashing
protection
indication LED is
reset after the
definite time set
by LED reset
time delay.
Voltage
Presence:
Flashing
protection
indication LED is
reset after the
presence of 3 ph
voltage.
DT or Voltage
Presence: ORing
of above two
methods.
Update Interval for Metering Values 1...15 - 1 4 Update interval
for metering
values × 500 ms
New installation - - - - Performs reset of
energy counter
and internal
statistics
information

Rated Sensor Current set as 80 A refers to 150 mV at 50 Hz and 180

mV at 60 Hz when 80 A is injected. Similarly, Rated sensor current
set as 250 A refers to 150 mV at 50 Hz and 180 mV at 60 Hz when 250
A is injected.

6.1.6.1 Functions available in SIM8F

Table 29: Functions available in SIM8F
Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSI
Edition 1 Edition 2
Measurement functions
Three-phase current CMMXU CMMXU 3I 3I
measurement
Three-phase voltage VMMXU VMMXU 3U 3U
measurement
Residual current measurement RESCMMXU RESCMMXU Io Io
Table continues on next page

RIO600 71
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSI

Edition 1 Edition 2
Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU RESVMMXU Uo Uo
Three-phase power and energy PEMMXU PEMMXU P P
measurement
Three-phase power direction PWRRDIR PWRRDIR - -
Energy monitoring EMMTR EMMTR E E
Current, voltage and power CMSTA CAVMMXU - -
average and peak CMAMMXU
measurement RCAVMMXU
VMSTA VAVMMXU
VMAMMXU
PEMSTA PEAVMMXU
PEMAMMXU
Power quality measurement functions (harmonics)
Current total demand distortion CMHAI CMHAI PQM3I PQM3I
monitoring
Voltage total demand distortion VMHAI VMHAI PQM3U PQM3V
monitoring
Detection and indication functions
Three-phase non-directional PHPTOC PHPTOC 3I> 51P
overcurrent fault detection
Three-phase directional DPHPTOC DPHPTOC 3I>-> 67P
overcurrent fault detection
Non-directional earth-fault fault EFPTOC EFPTOC I0> 51N
detection
Directional earth-fault fault DEFPTOC DEFPTOC I0>-> 67N
detection
Multifrequency admittance- MFAPSDE MFAPSDE I0>->Y 67YN
based earth-fault indication
Voltage presence indication PHSVPR PHSVPR PHSVPR PHSVPR
Negative-sequence overcurrent NSPTOC NSPTOC I2> 46
protection
Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR INRPHAR 3I2f> 68
Fuse failure protection SEQSPVC SEQSPVC FUSEF 60

6.1.6.2 Measurement functions

Three-phase current measurement CMMXU

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase current measurement CMMXU 3I 3I

72 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Function block

CMMXU
I_A A.phsA cVal.mag.f
I_B A.phsA cVal.ang.f
I_C A.phsB cVal.mag.f
A.phsB cVal.ang.f
A.phsC cVal.mag.f
A.phsC cVal.ang.f

GUID-14189B71-1C14-48B6-8E71-320B3109F8A3 V1 EN

Figure 38: Function block

Signals
Table 30: CMMXU Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_A SIGNAL - Phase A current
I_B SIGNAL - Phase B current
I_C SIGNAL - Phase C current

Table 31: CMMXU Output signals

Name Type Description
A.phsA cVal.mag.f REAL Current amplitude, for phase A
A.phsA cVal.ang.f REAL Current phase angle, for phase
A
A.phsB cVal.mag.f REAL Current amplitude, for phase B
A.phsB cVal.ang.f REAL Current phase angle, for phase
B
A.phsC cVal.mag.f REAL Current amplitude, for phase C
A.phsC cVal.ang.f REAL Current phase angle, for phase
C

Table 32: CMMXU Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn

±5% or ±1 A in the range of 4...80 A

±1% in the range of 80...4800 A
±10% in the range of 4800...8000 A
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

Three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU 3U 3U

RIO600 73
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Function block
VMMXU
U_A PhV.phsA cVal.mag.f
U_B PhV.phsA cVal.ang.f
U_C PhV.phsA cVal.mag.f
PhV.phsB cVal.ang.f
PhV.phsA cVal.mag.f
PhV.phsC cVal.ang.f
PPV.phsAB cVal.mag.f
PPV.phsAB cVal.ang.f
PPV.phsBC cVal.mag.f
PPV.phsBC cVal.ang.f
PPV.phsCA cVal.mag.f
PPV.phsCA cVal.ang.f

GUID-7D535565-E2C0-4A61-842F-10EEFB537FEA V1 EN

Figure 39: Function block

Signals
Table 33: VMMXU Input signals
Name Type Default Description
U_A SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
A
U_B SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
B
U_C SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
C

Table 34: VMMXU Output signals

Name Type Description
PhV.phsA cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase A
PhV.phsA cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
A
PhV.phsB cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase B
PhV.phsB cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
B
PhV.phsC cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase C
PhV.phsC cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
C
PPV.phsAB cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase A and B
PPV.phsAB cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
A and B
PPV.phsBC cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase B and C
Table continues on next page

74 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Name Type Description

PPV.phsBC cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
B and C
PPV.phsCA cVal.mag.f REAL Phase to ground voltage
amplitude, for phase C and A
PPV.phsCA cVal.ang.f REAL Voltage phase angle, for Phase
C and A

Table 35: VMMXU Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn

±5% in the range of 480 V...9.6 kV

±0.5% in the range of 9.6...28.8 kV
±1% in the range of 28.8...48 kV
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

Residual current measurement RESCMMXU

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Residual current measurement RESCMMXU Io Io

Function block
RESCMMXU
A.res cVal.mag.f
I_A A.res cVal.ang.f
I_B
I_C

GUID-80967B14-2C3D-4CB8-BA66-EB6DE083DEF4 V1 EN

Figure 40: Function block

Signals
Table 36: RESCMMXU Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_A SIGNAL - Phase A current
I_B SIGNAL - Phase B current
I_C SIGNAL - Phase C current

RIO600 75
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 37: RESCMMXU Output signals

Name Type Description
A.res cVal.mag.f REAL Residual current RMS,
magnitude of reported value
A.res cVal.ang.f REAL Residual current angle

Table 38: RESCMMXU Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
±5.0% (when all three phase currents are in the
range of 80...630 A)
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU Uo Uo

Function block
RESVMMXU
PhV.res cVal.mag.f
U_A
PhV.res cVal.ang.f
U_B
U_C

GUID-AA414F24-C0AE-4743-93C7-939D98C69FE4 V1 EN

Figure 41: Function block

Signals
Table 39: RESVMMXU Input signals
Name Type Default Description
U_A SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
A
U_B SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
B
U_C SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
C

76 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 40: RESVMMXU Output signals

Name Type Description
PhV.res cVal.mag.f REAL Calculated magnitude of
residual voltage
PhV.res cVal.ang.f REAL Calculated residual voltage
angle

Table 41: RESVMMXU Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
±5.0% (when all three voltages are in the range of
9.6...14.4 kV or 19.2...28.8 kV)
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

Three-phase power and energy measurement PEMMXU

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase power and energy PEMMXU P P
measurement

Function block
PEMMXU
I_A VA.phsA cVal
I_B W.phsA cVal
I_C VAr.phsA cVal
U_A VA.phsB cVal
U_B W.phsB cVal
VAr.phsB cVal
U_C
VA.phsC cVal
W.phsC cVal
VAr.phsC cVal
TotVA
TotW
TotVAr
TotPF
Hz

GUID-78BA8F95-76F5-4348-9A01-BCDB6750D41F V1 EN

Figure 42: Function block

Power and energy calculation

The three-phase power is calculated from the phase-to-earth voltages and currents.
The power measurement function is capable of calculating a complex power based on
the fundamental frequency component (DFT).

Once the complex apparent power is calculated, P, Q, S and pf are calculated using
equations.

RIO600 77
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

→
P = Re( S )
GUID-04FA4523-A4A3-4092-AFEE-1D1E47FD494F V1 EN (Equation 1)

→
Q = Im( S )
GUID-C34703B2-A129-4638-A6AA-FEC60635A112 V1 EN (Equation 2)

→
S = S = P2 + Q2
GUID-6E14F86F-AAB3-4816-9736-30C0D6EF4153 V1 EN (Equation 3)

The calculated power values are presented in units of kVA/kW/kVAr.

P
cos φ =
S
GUID-7F06701C-A71D-46D2-9344-87912681BF9D V1 EN (Equation 4)

Fwd reactive energy

PF 0.00

P- P+
Q+ Q+
Rev active energy

Fwd active energy

(-cap) (+ind)

S
Q2 Q1
PF -1.00 PF 1.00

Q3 Q4

P- P+
Q- Q-
(-ind) (+cap)

Rev reactive energy

GUID-D76C8746-7BA9-43CE-93F4-B7750B667D86 V1 EN

Figure 43: Power quadrants

Table 42: Complex Power quadrants

Quadrant Current P Q PF Power
Q1 Lagging + + 0…+1.00 +ind
Q2 Lagging - + 0…-1.00 -cap
Q3 Leading - - 0…-1.00 -ind
Q4 Leading + - 0…+1.00 +cap

78 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Signals
Table 43: PEMMXU Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_A SIGNAL - Phase A current
I_B SIGNAL - Phase B current
I_C SIGNAL - Phase C current
U_A SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
A
U_B SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
B
U_C SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
C

Table 44: PEMMXU Output signals

Name Type Description
VA.phsA cVal REAL Apparent power Phase A
W.phsA cVal REAL Active power Phase A
VAr.phsA cVal REAL Reactive power Phase A
VA.phsB cVal REAL Apparent power Phase B
W.phsB cVal REAL Active power Phase B
VAr.phsB cVal REAL Reactive power Phase B
VA.phsC cVal REAL Apparent power Phase C
W.phsC cVal REAL Active power Phase C
VAr.phsC cVal REAL Reactive power Phase C
TotVA REAL Total Apparent power
TotW REAL Total Active power
TotVAr REAL Total Reactive power
TotPF REAL Total Power Factor
Hz REAL System frequency

Table 45: PEMMXU Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
All three voltages are in the range of 9.6...14.4 kV
or 19.2...28.8 kV.
All three currents are in the range of 80...630 A.
Active power and energy are in the range |PF| >
0.71.
Reactive power and energy are in the range |PF| <
0.71.
±1.0% for active power P (±0.5% at +25ºC )
±3.0% for reactive Q and apparent power S (±1%
at +25ºC )
±0.03 for power factor
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

RIO600 79
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Three-phase power direction PWRRDIR

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase power direction PWRRDIR - -

Function block
PWRRDIR
P_INST_A Dir General
P_INST_B
P_INST_C

GUID-3618AA01-29F3-479A-A264-8242B8E7CC2C V1 EN

Figure 44: Function block

Signals
Table 46: PWRRDIR Input signals
Name Type Default Description
P_INST_A SIGNAL - Active power Phase A
P_INST_B SIGNAL - Active power Phase B
P_INST_C SIGNAL - Active power Phase C

Table 47: PWRRDIR Output signals

Name Type Description
Dir General BOOLEAN Direction of load flow (forward or
reverse)

Energy monitoring EMMTR

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Energy monitoring EMMTR E E

80 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Function block
EMMTR
P_INST DmdWh
Q_INST SupWh
Reset Energy counter DmdVArh
SupVArh

GUID-67B36517-DB15-44C9-A15C-486400E6A9E5 V1 EN

Figure 45: Function block

Functionality
The energy monitoring function EMMTR is used to calculate the active and reactive
energy from the respective power inputs P and Q.

Operation principle
The operation of EMMTR can be described using a module diagram.

DmdWh
P
Energy
Q SupWh
calculation
Reset Energy
counter DmdVArh

SupVArh
GUID-650987B4-D6A0-4DC3-85E0-E0CDBCBFE2B6 V1 EN

Figure 46: Functional module diagram

Energy Calculation
Based on the measured powers, the linear average of the active and reactive energies
over a preset time interval of 500 ms is calculated.

The accumulated forward and reverse active energy value is available at DmdWh and
SupWh and the accumulated forward and reverse reactive energy value is available at
DmdVArh and SupVArh, respectively.

The binary signal RESET ENERGY COUNTER from external IED is used to reset the
accumulation.

Signals
Table 48: EMMTR Input signals
Name Type Default Description
P_INST REAL - Measured active power
Q_INST REAL - Measured reactive
power
RESET ENERGY BOOLEAN - Reset of accumulated
COUNTER energy reading

RIO600 81
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 49: EMMTR Output signals

Name Type Description
DmdWh REAL Accumulated forward active
energy value in kWh
SupWh REAL Accumulated reverse active
energy value in kWh
DmdVArh REAL Accumulated forward reactive
energy value in kVArh
SupVArh REAL Accumulated reverse reactive
energy value in kVArh

Table 50: EMMTR Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
All three voltages are in the range of 9.6...14.4 kV
or 19.2...28.8 kV.
All three currents are in the range of 80...630 A.
Active power and energy are in the range |PF| >
0.71.
Reactive power and energy are in the range |PF| <
0.71.
±3.0% for energy
Suppression of harmonics RMS: No suppression

Current, voltage and power average and peak measurement CMSTA,

VMSTA, PEMSTA

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Current, voltage and power average and CMSTA, - -
peak measurement VMSTA,
PEMSTA

82 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Function block
CMSTA, VMSTA, PEMSTA
I_A AvAmpsA
I_B MaxAmpsA
I_C AvAmpsB
U_A MaxAmpsB
U_B AvAmpsC
MaxAmpsC
U_C
AvW
I0
MaxW
BLOCK AvVAr
MaxVAr
AvVA
MaxVA

GUID-7128BA48-98A5-4CF2-9774-E5ED6614A387 V1 EN

Figure 47: Function block

Functionality
The current, voltage and power average and peak measurement functions CMSTA,
VMSTA and PEMSTA are used to calculate the average and peak value of current,
voltage and power. The functions can be enabled and disabled with the Operation
setting.

The corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off". The average interval can be
set to "3","10", "15", "60", "120", or "1440" minutes and the peak interval to "1 day",
"1 week", "1 month", or "1 year".

Signals
Table 51: CMSTA, VMSTA & PEMSTA Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_A REAL - Phase A current
I_B REAL - Phase B current
I_C REAL - Phase C current
U_A REAL - Phase to earth voltage
A
U_B REAL - Phase to earth voltage
B
U_C REAL - Phase to earth voltage
C
Io REAL - Residual current
BLOCK - - Block through settings
only

RIO600 83
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 52: CMSTA, VMSTA & PEMSTA Output signals

Name Type Description
AvAmpsA REAL Phase A average current
MaxAmpsA REAL Phase A peak current
AvVoltsA REAL Phase to earth voltage A -
average value
MaxVoltsA REAL Phase to earth voltage A - peak
value
AvAmpsB REAL Phase B average current
MaxAmpsB REAL Phase B peak current
AvVoltsB REAL Phase to earth voltage B -
average value
MaxVoltsB REAL Phase to earth voltage B - peak
value
AvAmpsC REAL Phase C average current
MaxAmpsC REAL Phase C peak current
AvVoltsC REAL Phase to earth voltage C -
average value
MaxVoltsC REAL Phase to earth voltage C - peak
value
AvAmpsI0 REAL Average Residual current
Applicable if "Io signal sel" is
"Measured Io"
MaxAmpsI0 REAL Peak Residual current -
Applicable if "Io signal sel" is
"Measured Io"
AvW REAL Average total Active power
MaxW REAL Peak total Active power
AvVAr REAL Average total reactive power
MaxVAr REAL Peak total reactive power
AvVA REAL Average total apparent power
MaxVA REAL Peak total apparent power

Settings
Table 53: CMSTA, VMSTA, PEMSTA Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Avg Cal Time 3 min - - 1 hour Time internal over
Interval 10 min which average
15 min current, voltage and
1 hour power are calculated
2 hours
24 hours
Peak Cal Time 1 day - - 1 day Time internal over
Interval 1 week which peak current,
1 month voltage and power
1 year are calculated

84 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

The measured quantities provided by the function blocks are updated

every 500 ms.

6.1.6.3 Power quality measurement functions (harmonics)

Current total demand distortion monitoring CMHAI

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Current total demand distortion CMHAI PQM3I PQM3I
monitoring

Function block
CMHAI
I_A HiATdd
I_B
I_C
BLOCK

GUID-283D7806-89F7-44EB-B976-C7BC5A631525 V1 EN

Figure 48: Function block

Functionality
The distortion monitoring function CMHAI is used for monitoring the current total
demand distortion (TDD). The function can be enabled and disabled with the
Operation setting. The corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off". The
operation of the current distortion monitoring function can be described with a module
diagram. All the modules in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

Operation principle
The function can be enabled and disabled with the Operation setting. The
corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of CMHAI can be described with a module diagram. All the modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

I_A
Distortion
Demand
I_B measure- HiATdd
calculation
ment
I_C

BLOCK
GUID-78C803DC-EB92-49C1-B3F9-8EFFCC97A7B3 V1 EN

Figure 49: Functional module diagram

RIO600 85
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Distortion measurement
The distortion measurement module measures harmonics up to the 8th harmonic. The
total demand distortion (TDD) is calculated from the measured harmonic components
with the formula.

L
2
∑I
k =2
k
TDD =
IN
GUID-FC55400F-5773-492C-88EF-123A07556471 V1 EN (Equation 5)

IN Nominal current amplitude

The nominal current amplitude is available from the Nominal Current

setting under the SIM8F operation parameter.

Demand calculation
The demand value for TDD is calculated separately for each phase. If any of the
calculated total demand distortion values is above the set TDD alarm limit value, the
HiATdd output is activated.

Application
The power quality standards are defined through the characteristics of the supply
voltage. The key characteristics describing power quality are transients, short-
duration and long-duration voltage variations, unbalance and waveform distortions.
Power quality is a customer-driven issue and any power problem concerning voltage
or current that results in a failure or misoperation of customer equipment is a power
quality problem.

Harmonic distortion in a power system is caused by nonlinear devices. Electronic

power converter loads constitute the most important class of nonlinear loads in a
power system. The switch mode power supplies in a number of single-phase
electronic equipment, such as personal computers, printers and copiers, have very
high third-harmonic content in the current. Three-phase electronic power converters,
that is, dc/ac drives, do not generate third-harmonic currents but they can be
significant sources of harmonics.

Power quality monitoring is an essential service that utilities can provide for their
industrial and key customers. Not only can a monitoring system provide information
about system disturbances and their possible causes, it can also detect problem
conditions throughout the system before they cause customer complaints, equipment
malfunctions and even equipment damage or failure. Power quality problems are not
limited to the utility side of the system. In fact, the majority of power quality problems
are localized within customer facilities. Thus, power quality monitoring is not only an
effective customer service strategy but also a way to protect a utility's reputation for
quality power and service.

86 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

CMHAI provides a method for monitoring the power quality by means of the current
waveform distortion.

Signals
Table 54: CMHAI Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_A SIGNAL - Phase A current
I_B SIGNAL - Phase B current
I_C SIGNAL - Phase C current
BLOCK - Block through settings
only

Table 55: CMHAI Output signals

Name Type Description
HiATdd BOOLEAN Alarm signal for TDD

Settings
Table 56: CMHAI Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation On - - On Operation Off/On
Off
TDD Alarm Limit 5.0…100.0 % 0.1 10% Limit of TDD
Measuring Mode Worst case - - Worst case Specifies the
Phase A monitored phase
Phase B
Phase C

Voltage total demand distortion monitoring VMHAI

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Voltage total demand distortion VMHAI PQM3U PQM3V
monitoring

RIO600 87
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Function block
VMHAI
U_A HiAThd
U_B
U_C
BLOCK

GUID-DC5C6BCF-D48D-48D5-9B33-7F14CE94F7BC V1 EN

Figure 50: Function block

Functionality
The distortion monitoring function VMHAI is used for monitoring the voltage total
harmonic distortion THD.

Operation principle
The function can be enabled and disabled with the Operation setting. The
corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of VMHAI can be described with a module diagram. All the modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

U_A
Distortion
Demand
U_B measure- HiAThd
calculation
ment
U_C

BLOCK
GUID-59E5E9BC-90DB-4467-860E-B0470C220118 V1 EN

Figure 51: Functional module diagram

Distortion measurement
The distortion measurement module measures harmonics up to the 8th harmonic. The
total harmonic distortion (THD) is calculated from the measured harmonic
components with the formula.

N
∑ k =2
Uk 2
THD =
U1
GUID-E60DDDB4-1527-49FF-92C6-2F9768515268 V1 EN (Equation 6)

Uk = kth harmonic component

U1 = the voltage fundamental component amplitude

Demand calculation
The demand value for THD is calculated separately for each phase. If any of the
calculated total demand distortion values is above the THD alarm limit setting, the
HiAThd output is activated.

88 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Application
VMHAI provides a method for monitoring the power quality by means of the voltage
waveform distortion.

Signals
Table 57: VMHAI Input signals
Name Type Default Description
U_A SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
A
U_B SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
B
U_C SIGNAL - Phase to earth voltage
C
BLOCK - Block through settings
only

Table 58: VMHAI Output signals

Name Type Description
HiAThd BOOLEAN Alarm signal for THD

Settings
Table 59: VMHAI Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation On - - On Operation Off/On
Off
THD Alarm Limit 5.0…100.0 % 0.1 10% Limit of THD
Measuring Mode Worst case - - Worst case Specifies the
Phase A monitored phase
Phase B
Phase C

6.1.6.4 Three-phase current fault detection

Three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection PHPTOC

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase non-directional PHPTOC 3I> 51P
overcurrent fault detection

RIO600 89
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Functionality
The three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection function PHPTOC is used
as one-phase, two-phase or three-phase non-directional overcurrent and short circuit
fault detection. The function starts when the current exceeds the set limit. PHPTOC
operates with definite time characteristic, that is, the function operates after a
predefined operate time and resets immediately when the fault current disappears.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of PHPTOC can be described by using a module diagram. All modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

Timer Op general
I_A Phase
Level t Op phsA
I_B selection
detector Op phsB
I_C logic
Op phsC
Str general
Str phsA
Str phsB
Str phsC
GUID-0E8F13CC-F8FE-41CB-AF8D-7A4EA91B7C6B V1 EN

Figure 52: Functional module diagram

Level detector
The fundamental component of phase currents is compared phase-wise with the Start
value setting. If the measured value exceeds the Start value setting, the Level detector
reports the exceeding value to the phase selection logic.

The Absolute hysteresis setting can be used for preventing unnecessary oscillations in
the START and OPERATE output signals, if the input current is slightly above or
below the Start value setting. After leaving the hysteresis area, the start condition has
to be met again and if it is not sufficient, the signal returns to the hysteresis area.

Phase selection logic

If the fault criteria are fulfilled in the Level detector, the phase selection logic detects
the phase or phases in which the measured current exceeds the setting. If the phase
information matches the No. of start phases setting, the phase selection logic activates
the timer module.

Timer
Once the Timer is activated, it activates the STR GENERAL output. The STR PHSA,
STR PHSB and STR PHSC outputs indicate which phases are started. The time
characteristic is according to the Definite time. When the operation timer has reached
the value set by Operate delay time, the OP GENERAL output signal is activated. The
OP PHSA, OP PHSB and OP PHSC outputs indicate which phases are operated. If
the fault disappears before the module operates, the reset is instantaneous and STR
GENERAL is deactivated.

90 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

The OP GENERAL output is available at LED 5 of the SIM8F module.

The phase segregated as well as general start and operate outputs STR GENERAL,
STR PHSA, STR PHSB, STR PHSC, OP GENERAL, OP PHSA, OP PHSB and OP
PHSC are available over communication.

Signals
Table 60: PHPTOC Output signals
Name Type Description
Op general Boolean General operate signal
Op phsA Boolean Operate signal for phase A
Op phsB Boolean Operate signal for phase B
Op phsC Boolean Operate signal for phase C
Str general Boolean General start signal
Str phsA Boolean Start signal for phase A
Str phsB Boolean Start signal for phase B
Str phsC Boolean Start signal for phase C

Settings
Table 61: PHPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
No. of Start Phases 1 out of 3 - - 1 out of 3 Number of phases
2 out of 3 required for operate
3 out of 3 activation
Start Value 50…2000 A 10 480 Start value for
overcurrent fault
detection
Operate Delay Time 40…60000 ms 10 40 Operate delay time
Absolute Hysteresis 0.0…100.0 A 0.1 3.0 Absolute hysteresis
for current

Table 62: PHPTOC Technical data

Charateristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the frequency of the current
measured: f = fn
±1.5% of the set value
Operate time accuracy (DMT) ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

RIO600 91
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Three-phase directional overcurrent fault detection DPHPTOC

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Three-phase directional overcurrent DPHPTOC 3I>-> 67P
fault detection

Functionality
The three-phase directional overcurrent fault detection function DPHPTOC is used as
one-phase, two-phase or three-phase directional overcurrent and short circuit fault
detection. The function starts when the current exceeds the set limit and directional
criterion is fulfilled. DPHPTOC operates with definite time characteristic, that is, the
function operates after a predefined operate time and resets immediately when the
fault current disappears.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of DPHPTOC can be described by using a module diagram. All

modules in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

Str dirGeneral
I_A
Str dirPhsA
I_B
Phase Str dirPhsb
I_C Directional
selection Str dirPhsc
U_AB calculation
logic Timer Op general
U_BC
t Op phsA
U_CA
Op phsB
Op phsC
Str general
Level Str phsA
detector Str phsA
Str phsA
GUID-2AF67C1E-7D35-4BE0-8E27-B9C37F8B9579 V1 EN

Figure 53: Functional module diagram

Directional calculation
The directional calculation module compares the current phasor with the polarizing
phasor. Cross polarizing voltage quantities are used as polarizing phasors. The
directional operation can be selected with the Directional mode setting. "Forward" or
"Reverse" or “Non directional” operation can be selected.

The Characteristic angle setting is used to turn the directional characteristic. The
value of Characteristic angle should be selected in such a way that all faults in the
operating direction are seen in the operating zone and all faults in the opposite

92 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

direction are seen in the non-operating zone. The value of Characteristic angle
depends on the network configuration.

Reliable operation requires both the operating and polarizing quantities to be above
certain minimum amplitude levels. The minimum amplitude level for the operating
quantity (current) is fixed to 50 A. The minimum amplitude level for the polarizing
quantity (voltage) is fixed to 500 V. If the amplitude level of the operating quantity or
polarizing quantity is below minimum operate voltage and current, the direction
information of the corresponding phase is set to "Unknown".

The polarizing quantity validity remains valid even if the amplitude of the polarizing
quantity falls below the minimum level of 500 V. In this case, the directional
information is provided by a special memory function for a defined time of 100 ms.

DPHPTOC is provided with a memory function to secure a reliable and correct

directional IED operation in case of a close short circuit or an earth-fault characterized
by a low voltage. At sudden loss of the polarization quantity, the angle difference is
calculated on the basis of a fictive voltage. The fictive voltage is calculated using the
polarizing quantity measured before the fault occurred.

When the voltage of one or more phases falls below minimum operate voltage of 500
V at a close fault, the corresponding phase-related fictive voltage is used to determine
the phase angle. The measured voltage is applied again when the voltage is above 500
V. The fictive voltage is also discarded if the measured voltage stays below Min
operate voltage of 500 V longer than the Voltage Mem time of 100 ms or if the fault
current disappears while the fictive voltage is in use. When the voltage is below Min
operate voltage of 500 V and the fictive voltage is unusable, the fault direction cannot
be determined.

The fictive voltage cannot be used for different reasons.

• The fictive voltage is discarded after Voltage Mem time of 100 ms

• The phase angle cannot be reliably measured before the fault situation

Level detector
The fundamental component of phase currents is compared phase-wise with the Start
value setting. If the measured value exceeds the Start value setting, the Level detector
reports the exceeding value to the phase selection logic.

The Abs Hyst Oper Qty and Abs Hyst Pol Qty setting can be used for preventing
unnecessary oscillations in START and OPERATE output if the operating and/or
polarizing quantity is slightly above or below the Start value setting. After leaving the
hysteresis area, the start condition has to be met again and if it is not sufficient, the
signal returns to the hysteresis area.

Phase selection logic

If the fault criteria is fulfilled in the Level detector and the directional calculation, the
phase selection logic detects the phase or phases in which the measured current
exceeds the setting. If the phase information matches the No. of start phase setting, the
phase selection logic activates the timer module.

RIO600 93
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

The phase selection logic also provides the information about the phase specific fault
directions. The STR DIRPHSA, STR DIRPHSB and STR DIRPHSC outputs
indicates the direction of the fault in phase A, B and C respectively. The general fault
direction information is provided by the STR DIRGENERAL output. The information
is available over GOOSE communication.

Timer
Once the Timer is activated, it activates the START output. The STR PHSA, STR
PHSB and STR PHSC outputs indicate which phases are started. The time
characteristic is according to the definite time. When the operation timer has reached
the value set by Operate delay time, the OP GENERAL output is activated. The OP
PHSA, OP PHSB and OP PHSC outputs indicate which phases are operated. If the
fault disappears before the module operates, the reset is instantaneous and STR
GENERAL output is deactivated.

When Directional mode is set to “Non-directional”, outputs OpFwd and OpRev are
activated when a fault is detected in the “Forward” or “Reverse” direction
respectively. However, these outputs are also available when Directional mode is set
to “Forward” or “Reverse”.

When Directional mode is set to “Non-directional” and PHPTOC

operates in unknown direction, none of the LEDs show fault
inditation.

The OP GENERAL output is available at LED 6 of SIM8F module.

The phase segregated as well as general start and operate outputs STR GENERAL,
STR PHSA, STR PHSB, STR PHSC, OP GENERAL, OP PHSA, OP PHSB, OP
PHSB, OpFwd and OpRev are available over communication.

Directional overcurrent characteristics

The forward and reverse sectors are defined separately. The forward operation area is
limited with the Min forward angle and Max forward angle settings. The reverse
operation area is limited with the Min reverse angle and Max reverse angle settings.

The sector limits are always defined as positive degree values.

In the forward operation area, the Max forward angle setting defines the
counterclockwise sector and the Min forward angle setting defines the corresponding
clockwise sector, measured from the Characteristic angle setting.

In the backward operation area, the Max reverse angle setting defines the
counterclockwise sector and the Min reverse angle setting defines the corresponding
clockwise sector, measured from the Characteristic angle setting set to 180°.

94 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Relay characteristic angle (RCA) is set to positive if the operating current lags the
polarizing quantity and negative if the operating current leads the polarizing quantity.

UA

RCA = + 60 deg

No
Min forward

n-o
angle

p e ra
tin
ga re
Max reverse

a
angle IA

Reverse Forward
area area
Max forward
No angle
n-o
pe ra
tin

Min reverse
g
a re

angle
a

GUID-BBCBE38C-3402-46DD-A3CC-AFFF2A73E8BA V1 EN

Figure 54: Configurable operating sectors

Table 63 and Table 64 describe conditions under which per phase fault direction and
combined fault directions values are calculated.
Table 63: Per phase fault direction indication
Criterion for per phase fault direction information Value for fault direction FLT_A, FLT_B, FLT_C
Angle between the polarizing and operating 0 = unknown
quantity is not in any of the defined sectors
Angle between the polarizing and operating 1 = forward
quantity is in the forward sector
Angle between the polarizing and operating 2 = backward
quantity is in the reverse sector
Angle between the polarizing and operating 3 = both
quantity is in both the forward and the reverse
sectors, that is, the sectors are overlapping

RIO600 95
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 64: Phase combined fault direction value

Criterion for combined fault direction information Value for fault direction FAULT_DIR
The fault direction information for all phases is 0 = unknown
unknown
The fault direction information for at least one 1 = forward
phase is forward, no phase in reverse
The fault direction information for at least one 2 = backward
phase is reverse, no phase in forward
The fault direction information for some phase is 3 = both
forward and for some phase is reverse

Cross-polarizing as polarizing quantity

When cross polarizing is used as a polarizing method, the directional information is
calculated with formulas defined in Table 65.
Table 65: Equations for calculating angle difference for cross polarizing method
Faulted Used fault Used polarizing Angle difference
phases current voltage
A IA UBC
φ (U BC ) − φ ( I A ) − φRCA + 90°
GUID-A462A4C2-7617-4944-9B69-5AD854D3B40F V1 EN

B IB UCA
φ (U CA ) − φ ( I B ) − φRCA + 90°
GUID-55FC4CD6-7CFB-4ECA-90B9-CDC92683A42F V1 EN

C IC UAB
φ (U AB ) − φ ( I C ) − φRCA + 90°
GUID-C599D19E-ECE2-4741-9B01-5A7743EA36E7 V1 EN

A-B
I A − IB U BC − U CA ( ) (
φ U BC − U CA − φ I A − I B − φRCA + 90° )
GUID-FAFD19A0- GUID-13B8B970-B7FF-4BE0-
FE4B-4B96-9DBE- A6A0-1647C3E76B40 V1 EN GUID-F791A046-3D0A-498A-9D3B-D0F18ABC4C97 V1 EN
DC325D510215 V1 EN

B-C
I B − IC U CA − U AB ( ) (
φ U CA − U AB − φ I B − I C − φRCA + 90° )
GUID-B9F88540- GUID-DEDD912D-F930-4CBA-
BC53-430B- A07C-B32CD2D454E7 V1 EN GUID-E2C2CB19-A3E9-4FA8-830A-A8E6A06F2D4F V1 EN
B648-3BF1FA3B869D V1
EN

C-A
IC − I A U AB − U BC ( ) (
φ U AB − U BC − φ I C − I A − φRCA + 90° )
GUID-17E5DFF7-58E7-4 GUID-82D6835D-1E63-4898-
B6A-88F0-81233E7935A BE40-310ACCD2822B V1 EN GUID-65D815F8-EF9B-4203-A7F4-52316795EBFD V1 EN
6 V1 EN

96 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

IA

UA

UCA UAB

IC IB
j

90°
UC UBC UB

GUID-6DA409C2-E9BE-4A53-A5D3-38342B0D2352 V1 EN

Figure 55: Single-phase earth-fault of phase A

Figure 55 shows phasors in single-phase earth-fault, where the faulted phase is phase
A. The angle difference between the polarizing quantity UBC and operating quantity
IA is marked as ϕ. Note that the polarizing quantity is rotated with 90°. The
Characteristic angle is assumed to be 0°.

Figure 56 shows phasors in two-phase short circuit failure, where the fault is between
phase B and phase C. The angle difference between the polarizing quantity
U CA − U AB and operating quantity I B − I C is marked as ϕ.

Figure 55 and Figure 56 are valid if the phase rotation is ABC.

RIO600 97
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

UA

UCA IA UAB

j IB - Ic
IC -IC
IB

90°

UC UBC UB

UCA

UCA - UAB

-UAB

GUID-ECD1B430-99C9-42AC-9B42-2F5A7DCB21BD V1 EN

Figure 56: Two-phase short circuit and short circuit between phase B and C

Signals
Table 66: DPHPTOC Output signals
Name Type Description
Op general Boolean General operate signal
Op phsA Boolean Operate signal for phase A
Op phsB Boolean Operate signal for phase B
Op phsC Boolean Operate signal for phase C
OpFwd Boolean Operate signal indicating fault in
forward direction when
Directional mode is set to “Non
Directional”.
Table continues on next page

98 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Name Type Description

OpRev Boolean Operate signal indicating fault in
reverse direction when
Directional mode is set to “Non
Directional”.
Str general Boolean General start signal
Str phsA Boolean Start signal for phase A
Str phsB Boolean Start signal for phase B
Str phsC Boolean Start signal for phase C
Str dirGeneral Integer General detected fault direction
Str dirPhsA Integer Detected fault direction for
phase A
Str dirPhsB Integer Detected fault direction for
phase B
Str dirPhsC Integer Detected fault direction for
phase C

Settings
Table 67: DPHPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
No. of Start Phases 1 out of 3 - - 1 out of 3 Number of phases
2 out of 3 required for operate
3 out of 3 activation
Start Value 50…2000 A 10 480 Start value for
overcurrent fault
detection
Operate Delay Time 40…60000 ms 10 40 Operate delay time
Directional Mode Forward - - Forward Directional mode
Reverse
Non-directional
Characteristics -179…180 Deg 1 0 Characteristics
Angle angle
Max Forward Angle 0…90 Deg 1 80 Maximum phase
angle in forward
direction
Max Reverse Angle 0…90 Deg 1 80 Maximum phase
angle in reverse
direction
Min Forward Angle 0…90 Deg 1 80 Minimum phase
angle in forward
direction
Min Reverse Angle 0…90 Deg 1 80 Minimum phase
angle in reverse
direction
Min Operate Current - A - 50 Minimum operating
current to allow
directional criteria
Table continues on next page

RIO600 99
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description

Min Operate Voltage - V - 500 Minimum operating
voltage to allow
directional criteria
Voltage Mem Time - ms - 100 Voltage memory
time
Abs Hyst Oper Qty 0.0…100.0 A 0.1 3 Absolute hysteresis
for operating
quantity
Abs Hyst Pol Qty 0…2500 V 0.1 200 Absolute hysteresis
for polarizing
quantity

Table 68: DPHPTOC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: f = fn
Current: ±1.5% of the set value
Voltage: ±1.5% of the set value
Phase angle: ±2⁰
Operate time accuracy (DMT) ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

6.1.6.5 Earth-fault fault detection

Non-directional earth-fault fault detection EFPTOC

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Non-directional earth-fault fault EFPTOC I0> 51N
detection

Functionality
The earth-fault overcurrent fault detection function EFPTOC is used as a non-
directional phase-to-earth fault detection. The function starts when the residual
current exceeds the set limit. Function operates with definite time characteristic, that
is, the function operates after a predefined operate time and resets when the fault
current disappears.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of EFPTOC can be described by using a module diagram. All modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

100 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Timer
Op general
Level t
Io
detector
Str general
GUID-E64EB1AC-DA5B-4340-8250-1958E5A8BB8C V1 EN

Figure 57: Functional module diagram

Level detector
The fundamental component of residual currents is compared with the Start value
setting. If the measured value exceeds the Start value setting, the Level detector sends
an enable signal to the timer module. The direct measured residual current or
calculated residual current can be used for fault detection. The selection can be set
with Io signal Sel available in the general parameter setting.

The Absolute hysteresis setting can be used for preventing unnecessary oscillations in
STR GENERAL and OP GENERAL output if the input current is slightly above or
below the Start value setting. After leaving the hysteresis area, the start condition has
to be fulfilled again and if it is not sufficient, the signal returns to the hysteresis area.

Timer
Once the Timer is activated, it activates the STR GENERAL output. The time
characteristic is according to the definite time. When the operation timer has reached
the value set by Operate delay time, the OP GENERAL output is activated. If the fault
disappears before the module operates, the reset is instantaneous and STR GENERAL
output is deactivated.

The OP GENERAL output is available at LED 7 of SIM8F module.

The STR GENERAL and OP GENERAL output signals are available over
communication.

Signals
Table 69: EFPTOC Output signals
Name Type Description
Op general Boolean Operate signal
Str general Boolean Start signal

RIO600 101
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Settings
Table 70: EFPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Start Value 4…200 A 1 4 Start value for earth-
200…1000 A 5 fault detection
Operate Delay Time 40..60000 ms 10 40 Operate delay time
Absolute Hysteresis 0.0…50.0 A 0.1 0.1 Absolute hysteresis
for current

Table 71: EFPTOC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the frequency of the current
measured: f = fn
±10% of the set value in the range of 4...25 A
±1.5% of the set value in the range of 26...1000 A
(Current measurement based on internal
calculation)
Operate time accuracy (DMT) ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

Directional earth-fault fault detection DEFPTOC

Identification
Function description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Directional earth-fault fault detection DEFPTOC I0>-> 67N

Functionality
The earth-fault function DEFPTOC is used as a directional earth-fault detection for
feeders.

The function starts when the operating quantity (residual current, Io) and polarizing
quantity (zero sequence voltage, Uo) exceed the set limits and the angle between them
is inside the set operating sector. Function operates with the definite time
characteristic, that is, the function operates after a predefined operate time of 40 ms
and resets when the fault current disappears.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of DEFPTOC can be described by using a module diagram. All

modules in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

102 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Timer
Io Op general
Level t
Uo detector
Str general

Directional
Str dirGeneral
calculation

GUID-0D426ECF-B058-45BB-8B5D-CF16C170BEB4 V1 EN

Figure 58: Functional module diagram

Level detector
The magnitude of the operating quantity is compared with the Start value setting and
the magnitude of the polarizing quantity is compared with the Voltage start value. If
both limits are exceeded, the Level detector sends an enabling signal to the timer
module.

The direct measured residual current or calculated residual current can be used for
fault detection. The selection can be set with Io signal Sel available in the general
parameter setting.

The Abs Hyst Oper Qty and Abs Hyst Pol Qty settings can be used for preventing
unnecessary oscillations in STR GENERAL and OP GENERAL output if the
operating and/or polarizing quantity is slightly above or below the Start value setting.
After leaving the hysteresis area, the start condition has to be fulfilled again and if it
is not sufficient, the signal returns to the hysteresis area.

Directional calculation
The directional calculation module monitors the angle between the polarizing
quantity and operating quantity. When the angle is in the operation sector, the module
sends the enabling signal to the timer module.

The minimum signal level which allows the directional operation is fixed to Min
operate current as 1 A and Min operate voltage as 500 V.

The convention used in the phasor diagrams representing the operation of DEFPTOC
is reversed, that is, the polarizing quantity Uo in the phasor diagrams is -Uo.

For defining the operation sector, there are three modes available through the
Operation mode setting.

RIO600 103
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 72: Operation modes

Operation mode Description
Phase angle The operating sectors for forward and reverse are
defined with the settings Min forward angle, Max
forward angle, Min reverse angle and Max reverse
angle.
IoSin The operating sectors are defined as "forward"
when |Io| × sin (ɸ) has a positive value and
"reverse" when the value is negative.
Ɵ is the angle difference between -Uo and Io.
IoCos As "IoSin" mode. Only cosine is used for
calculating the operation current.

The directional of the operation can be selected with the Directional mode setting.
Either "Non-directional", "Forward" or "Reverse" operation can be selected. The
operation criterion is selected with the Operation mode setting.

The Characteristic angle setting is used in the "Phase angle" mode to adjust the
operation according to the method of neutral point earthing so that in an isolated
network, the Characteristic angle (ϕRCA) = (-90°) and in a compensated network ϕRCA
= 0°.

For definitions of different directional earth-fault characteristics, see

the Directional earth-fault characteristics section.

The directional calculation module also provides the information about the direction
of fault STR DIRGENERAL during fault situation. The information is available over
GOOSE communication.

Timer
Once the Timer is activated, it activates the STR GENERAL output. The time
characteristic is according to the definite time. When the operation timer has reached
the value set by Operate delay time, the OP GENERAL output is activated. If the fault
disappears before the module operates, the reset is instantaneous and STR GENERAL
output is deactivated.

When Directional mode is set to “Non Directional”, outputs OpFwd and OpRev are
activated when a fault is detected in the “Forward” or “Reverse” direction
respectively. However, these outputs are also available when Directional mode is set
to “Forward” or “Reverse”.

The OP GENERAL output is available at LED 8 of SIM8F module.

The STR GENERAL and OP GENERAL outputs are available over communication.

Directional earth-fault principle

In an isolated neutral network or Peterson earthed networks it is difficult to achieve
selective earth-fault detection based on the magnitude of residual current. Such
applications demand the use of directional earth-fault detection. They are also used in

104 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

the network where overcurrent fault detection supports the directional overcurrent
principle. To determine the direction of fault, directional earth-fault requires a
reference, known as polarizing quantity against which residual current can be
compared. This polarizing quantity can be either a zero sequence voltage or negative
sequence voltage, depending on the network. SIM8F module supports zero sequence
voltage.

Relay characteristic angle

The Characteristic angle known as Relay Characteristic Angle (RCA), Relay Base
Angle or Maximum Torque Angle (MTA), is used in the "Phase angle" mode to turn
the directional characteristic, if the expected fault current angle does not coincide with
the polarizing quantity to produce the maximum torque. That is, RCA is the angle
between the maximum torque line and polarizing quantity. If the polarizing quantity
is in phase with the maximum torque line, RCA is 0°. The angle is positive if operating
current lags the polarizing quantity and negative if it leads the polarizing quantity.

Example 1

If the "Phase angle" mode is selected, the compensated network (ϕRCA = 0°) and
Characteristic angle = 0°.

Maximum torque line

Characteristic angle = 0°

-Uo (Polarizing quantity)

Forward operating zone

Io (Operating quantity)

Min forward angle Max forward angle

Non-operating zone
Zero torque line

Max reverse angle Min reverse angle

Min operate
current

Backward operating zone

GUID-48ACC602-5393-499A-B92D-8C693243A541 V1 EN

Figure 59: Definition of the relay characteristic angle, RCA = 0° in a

compensated network

Example 2

RIO600 105
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

If the "Phase angle" mode is selected, the solidly earthed network (ϕRCA = +60°) and
Characteristic angle = +60°.

-Uo (Polarizing quantity)

Characteristic angle

No
n-o
= +60°
Maximum torque line

pe
rat
ing
zo
ne
Min forward angle
Min operate
current
Io (Operating quantity)

Max reverse angle

Max forward angle

Backward operating zone Forward operating zone

Min reverse angle

Zero torque line

GUID-F4486C5A-7AD2-416D-865D-A0E03E4418B2 V1 EN

Figure 60: Definition of the relay characteristic angle, RCA = +60° in a solidly
earthed network

Example 3

If the "Phase angle" mode is selected, the solidly earthed network (ϕRCA = -90°) and
Characteristic angle = -90°.

106 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

-Uo (Polarizing quantity)

Characteristic angle
= -90°

Forward Backward
operating zone operating zone
Max forward angle Min reverse angle

Maximum torque line

Io
(Operating quantity)
Min forward angle Max reverse angle

Non-operating zone
Min operate
current

Zero torque line

GUID-E829A47B-A6C1-46AD-99B8-5F3E9D234B70 V1 EN

Figure 61: Definition of the relay characteristic angle, RCA = -90° in an isolated
network

Directional earth-fault detection in an isolated neutral network

In isolated networks, there is no intentional connection between the system neutral
point and earth. The only connection is through the phase-to-earth capacitances (C0)
of phases and leakage resistances (R0). This means that the residual current is mainly
capacitive and has a phase shift of -90° compared to the polarizing voltage.
Consequently, the relay characteristic angle (RCA) should be set to -90° and the
operation criteria to "IoSin" or "Phase angle". The width of the operating sector in the
phase angle criteria can be selected with the settings Min forward angle, Max forward
angle, Min reverse angle or Max reverse angle. Figure 62 illustrates a simplified
equivalent circuit for an unearthed network with an earth-fault in phase C.

For definitions of different directional earth-fault characteristics, see

Directional earth-fault principles.

RIO600 107
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

A B C ΣI01

- U0
C0 R0

U0 - U0
ΣI02

ΣI02

Ief

GUID-10A31995-3BC8-4F02-9384-5AD774869A66 V1 EN

Figure 62: Earth-fault in an isolated network

Directional earth-fault detection in a compensated network

In compensated networks, the capacitive fault current and the inductive resonance coil
current compensate each other. The fault detection cannot be based on the reactive
current measurement, since the current of the compensation coil would disturb the
operation of the relays. In this case, the selectivity is based on the measurement of the
active current component. The magnitude of this component is often small and must
be increased by a parallel resistor in the compensation equipment. When measuring
the resistive part of the residual current, the relay characteristic angle (RCA) should
be set to 0° and the operation criteria to "IoCos" or "Phase angle". Figure 63 illustrates
the simplified equivalent circuit for a compensated network with an earth-fault in
phase C.

108 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

A B C ΣI01

- U0
C0 R0

ΣI01

ΣI02 - U0

RL U0 ΣI02

Ief

GUID-F26BC54D-46C8-4D94-8A49-EC101D51664C V1 EN

Figure 63: Earth-fault in a compensated network

Directional earth-fault characteristic

Phase angle characteristic
The operation criterion phase angle is selected with the Operation mode setting using
the value "Phase angle".

The forward and reverse sectors are defined separately. The forward operation area is
limited with the Min forward angle and Max forward angle settings. The reverse
operation area is limited with the Min reverse angle and Max reverse angle settings.

The sector limits are always defined as positive degree values.

In the forward operation area, the Max forward angle setting defines the clockwise
sector and the Min forward angle setting defines the counter clockwise sector,
measured from the Characteristic angle setting.

In the reverse operation area, the Max reverse angle setting defines the clockwise
sector and the Min reverse angle setting defines the counter clockwise sector,
measured from the complement of the Characteristic angle setting (180° phase shift).

RCA is set to positive if the operating current lags the polarizing quantity. It is set to
negative if it leads the polarizing quantity.

RIO600 109
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

-Uo
jRCA = 0 deg

Forward operating zone

Io j
Min forward angle

Max forward angle

Non-operating zone

Max reverse angle

Min reverse angle

Min operate Backward operating zone

current

GUID-2AD845F7-2F52-49A1-94DD-E04FAD186750 V1 EN

Figure 64: Configurable operating sectors in phase angle characteristic

Table 73: Fault direction indication

Fault direction Value
Angle between the polarizing and operating 0 = unknown
quantity is not in any of the defined sectors
Angle between the polarizing and operating 1 = forward
quantity is in the forward sector
Angle between the polarizing and operating 2 = backward
quantity is in the reverse sector
Angle between the polarizing and operating 3 = both
quantity is in both the forward and the reverse
sectors, that is, the sectors are overlapping.

The directional operations forward and reverse are not allowed when the measured
polarizing or operating quantities are invalid, that is, their magnitude is below the
minimum operate values. In case of low magnitudes, the STR DIRGENERAL output
is set to 0=unknown. This means the function is allowed to operate in the directional
mode as non-directional, since the directional information is invalid.

Iosin and Iocos criteria

110 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

A modern approach to directional fault detection is the active or reactive current

measurement. The operating characteristic of the directional operation depends on the
earthing principle of the network. The Iosin(ϕ) criterion is used in an isolated network,
measuring the reactive component of the fault current caused by the earth capacitance.
The Iocos(ϕ) criterion is used in the compensated network, measuring the active
component of the fault current.

The operation criteria Iosin(ϕ) and Iocos(ϕ) are selected with the Operation mode
setting using the values "IoSin" or "IoCos" respectively.

When the Iosin(ϕ) or Iocos(ϕ) criterion is used, the component indicates a forward or
reverse-type fault through the STR DIRGENERAL output, where 1 = forward fault
and 2 = reverse fault.

In case of low magnitude, the STR DIRGENERAL output is set to 0 = unknown. The
function is allowed to operate in the directional mode as non-directional, since the
directional information is invalid.

The following examples show the characteristics of different operation criteria.

Example 1

If Iosin(ϕ) criterion is selected in forward-type fault, the STR DIRGENERAL = 1.

RIO600 111
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

-Uo

Backward
Correction
angle
operating zone
Io j

jRCA = -90 deg

Iosin(j)
Min operating
current

non-operating
Forward zone
operating zone

GUID-A3DF269C-7583-4B1E-A115-6D9A764A607F V1 EN

Figure 65: Operating characteristic Iosin(ϕ) in forward fault

Example 2

If Iosin(ϕ) criterion is selected in reverse-type fault, the STR DIRGENERAL = 2.

112 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

-Uo

Correction
angle
j

Io

jRCA = -90 deg

Iosin(j)
Min operating
current

non-operating
Forward zone Backward
operating zone operating zone

GUID-96BE89A7-8DF9-49D2-9048-DB3382B199B3 V1 EN

Figure 66: Operating characteristic Iosin(ϕ) in reverse fault

Example 3

If Iocos(ϕ) criterion is selected in forward-type fault, the STR DIRGENERAL = 1.

RIO600 113
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

jRCA = 0 deg

Forward
operating zone -Uo

Iocos(j) j
Io
Correction
angle

non-operating
zone

Min operating
current

Backward
operating zone
GUID-242F9571-55D2-405C-A483-68846ABEA899 V1 EN

Figure 67: Operating characteristic Iocos(ϕ) in forward fault

Example 4

If Iocos(ϕ) criterion is selected in reverse-type fault, the STR DIRGENERAL = 2.

114 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

jRCA = 0 deg
Forward
operating zone -Uo

j
Min operating
current

non-operating
zone

Correction
angle

Backward Io
operating zone Iocos(j)

GUID-1DBF7058-725A-4558-AC64-7E4C1EE04187 V1 EN

Figure 68: Operating characteristic Iocos(ϕ) in reverse fault

Signals
Table 74: DEFPTOC Output signals
Name Type Description
Op general Boolean Operate signal
OpFwd Boolean Operate signal indicating fault in
forward direction when
Directional mode is set to “Non
Directional”.
OpRev Boolean Operate signal indicating fault in
reverse direction when
Directional mode is set to “Non
Directional”.
Str general Boolean Start signal
Str dirGeneral Integer Detected fault direction

RIO600 115
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Settings
Table 75: DEFPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Start Value 4…200 A 1 4 Start value for earth-
200…1000 A 5 fault detection
Voltage Start Value 500..1000 V 1 500 Voltage start value
Operate Delay Time 40…60000 ms 10 80 Operate delay time
Enable Voltage Limit No - - Yes Additional check for
Yes voltage before
issuing trip
Directional Mode Forward - - Forward Directional mode
Reverse
Non Directional
Operation Mode Phase angle - - Phase angle Operation criteria
IoSin
IoCos
Characteristics -179…180 Deg 1 0 Characteristics
Angle angle
Max Forward Angle 0…180 Deg 1 80 Maximum phase
angle in forward
direction
Max Reverse Angle 0…180 Deg 1 80 Maximum phase
angle in reverse
direction
Min Forward Angle 0…180 Deg 1 80 Minimum phase
angle in forward
direction
Min Reverse Angle 0…180 Deg 1 80 Minimum phase
angle in reverse
direction
Min Operate Current - A - 1 Minimum operating
current to allow
directional criteria
Min Operate Voltage - V - 500 Minimum operating
voltage to allow
directional criteria
Abs Hyst Oper Qty 0.0…50.0 A 0.1 0.1 Absolute hysteresis
for operating
quantity
Abs Hyst Pol Qty 0…2500 V 0.1 200 Absolute hysteresis
for polarizing
quantity

116 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 76: DEFPTOC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the frequency of the current
measured: f = fn
Current:
±10% of the set value in the range of 4...25 A
±1.5% of the set value in the range of 26...1000 A
Voltage:
±1.5% of the set value
Phase angle: ±3°
(Current measurement based on internal
calculation)
Operate time accuracy (DMT) ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

Multifrequency admittance-based earth-fault indication MFAPSDE

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Multifrequency admittance-based earth- MFAPSDE I0>->Y 67YN
fault indication

Functionality
The multifrequency admittance-based earth-fault indication function MFAPSDE
provides selective directional earth-fault protection for high-impedance earthed
networks, that is, for compensated, unearthed and high-resistance earthed systems. It
can be applied for the earth-fault protection of overhead lines and underground cables.

The operation of MFAPSDE is based on multifrequency neutral admittance

measurement, utilizing cumulative phasor summing technique. This concept provides
extremely secure, dependable and selective earth-fault protection also in cases where
the residual quantities are highly distorted and contain non-fundamental frequency
components.

Besides faults with dominantly fundamental frequency content, MFAPSDE is

capable of detecting transient and intermittent (restriking) earth faults.

MFAPSDE supports fault direction indication both in operate and non-operate

direction, which may be utilized during the fault location process. The inbuilt transient
detector may be used to identify intermittent earth faults, and discriminate them from
permanent or continuous earth faults.

The operation characteristic is defined by a tilted operation sector, which is

universally valid for unearthed and compensated networks.

The operating time characteristic is according to the definite time (DT).

RIO600 117
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are “On” and “Off”.

The operation of MFAPSDE can be described using a module diagram. All modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

MFAPSDE_InEF
Transient
detector

MFAPSDE_St
Io Multi-
Fault MFAPSDE_Oper
frequency Operation
direction
admittance determination logic MFAPSDE_OpFw
Uo calculation MFAPSDE_OpRe

Timer
General
fault MFAPSDE_ReEF
criterion

GUID-0E9EC3FB-FBC8-4BFA-92E9-F7FFC42AE956 V1 EN

Figure 69: Functional module diagram

General fault criterion

The General fault criterion (GFC) module monitors the presence of earth fault in the
network and it is based on the value of the fundamental frequency zero-sequence
voltage defined as the vector sum of fundamental frequency phase voltage phasors
divided by three.

U A1 + UB1 + UC1
1
U = 0
3
GUID-C4866966-64A3-4E7E-9794-8920040B61B5 V1 EN (Equation 7)

1
When the magnitude of U 0 exceeds the Voltage start value setting, an earth fault is
detected. The GFC module reports the exceeded value to the Fault direction
determination module and Operation logic. The reporting is referenced as General
Fault Criterion release.

Set the correct system phase-to-phase voltage with the Nominal

Voltage setting under the SIM8F operating parameter. The function
uses this value internally for calculation.

The Voltage start value setting defines the basic sensitivity of the MFAPSDE
function. To avoid unselective start or operation, Voltage start value must always be
set to a value which exceeds the maximum healthy state zero-sequence voltage value,

118 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

taking into consideration the possible network topology changes, compensation coil
and parallel resistor switching status and compensation degree variations.

Multi-frequency admittance calculation

Multi-frequency admittance calculation module calculates neutral admittances
utilizing fundamental frequency and the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 7th and 9th harmonic
components of residual current and zero-sequence voltage. The following
admittances are calculated, if the magnitudes of a particular harmonic in residual
current and zero-sequence voltage are measurable by the IED.

Fundamental frequency admittance (conductance and susceptance)

3 ⋅ I01
Y01 = = Go1 + j ⋅ Bo1
1
−U 0
GUID-594F3E58-1090-49B0-BB46-B531EA1FDF4D V1 EN (Equation 8)

Fundamental frequency neutral admittance phasor

Y01
Fundamental frequency zero-sequence current phasor
I01
I A1 + IB1 + IC1
( )
3
Fundamental frequency zero-sequence voltage phasor
U01
U A1 + UB1 + UC1
( )
3
Fundamental frequency conductance,
G01
Re(Y01 )
Fundamental frequency susceptance,
B01
Im(Y01 )

Harmonic susceptances

RIO600 119
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

3 ⋅In 
Im Y0n  = Im  0  = j ⋅ Bon
  n
 −U0 
GUID-E96136FA-674F-4028-B209-7C9C6CD924A4 V1 EN (Equation 9)

nth harmonic frequency neutral admittance phasor

Y0n
nth harmonic frequency zero-sequence current phasor
I0n
nth harmonic frequency zero-sequence voltage phasor
U0n
nth harmonic frequency susceptance,
B0n
Im(Y0n )
n 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9

For fault direction determination, the fundamental frequency admittance and

harmonic susceptances are summed together in phasor format. The result is the sum
admittance phasor defined in Equation 10.

9
 
Y osum = Re Y01  + j ⋅ Im Y01 + ∑Y0n  = Go1 + j ⋅ Bosum
   n =2 
GUID-5118DA13-DEA7-4B40-83E9-16ED846BE790 V1 EN (Equation 10)

Fault direction determination

If an earth-fault is detected by the GFC module, the fault direction is evaluated based
on the calculated sum admittance phasor Y osum obtained from the Multi-frequency
admittance calculation module. To obtain dependable and secure fault direction
determination regardless of the fault type (transient, intermittent, permanent, high or
low ohmic), the fault direction is calculated using a special filtering algorithm, that is,
the Cumulative Phasor Summing (CPS) technique. This filtering method is
advantageous during transient and intermittent earth faults with dominantly non-
sinusoidal or transient content. It is equally valid during continuous (stable) earth
faults.

The concept of CPS is illustrated in Figure 70. It is the result of adding values of the
measured sum admittance phasors together in phasor format in chronological order
during the fault. The corresponding accumulated sum admittance phasor Y osum _ CPS
is calculated using the discrete sum admittance phasors Y osum in different time
instants (t1...t5). This phasor is used as directional phasor in determining the direction
of the fault.

Y osum _ CPS (t1 ) = Y osum (t1 )

GUID-04F2B725-3060-46F9-BBC1-B2A0CFC986AF V1 EN (Equation 11)

120 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Y osum _ CPS (t 2 ) = Y osum (t1 ) + Y osum (t 2 )

GUID-1067FA7D-089C-434E-BC37-51C550F270A5 V1 EN (Equation 12)

Y osum _ CPS (t3 ) = Y osum (t1 ) + Y osum (t 2 ) + Y osum (t3 )

GUID-76F70A50-2558-496C-B22E-E7235F2373A1 V1 EN (Equation 13)

Y osum _ CPS (t 4 ) = Y osum (t1 ) + Y osum (t 2 ) + Y osum (t3 ) + Y osum (t 4 )

GUID-116F1B28-3898-4607-B3E8-E571497296DB V1 EN (Equation 14)

Y osum _ CPS (t5 ) = Y osum (t1 ) + Y osum (t 2 ) + Y osum (t3 ) + Y osum (t 4 ) + Y osum (t 5 )
GUID-927F5A3C-42E6-4893-99D5-F56B2F58ACA4 V1 EN (Equation 15)

_
Yos um_CPS(t5) _
Im Im Yos um(t5)
_ _
Y os um (t1) Yos um(t2) _
_ _ _ Yos um(t4)
Yos um(t4) Y (t ) Yos um(t1)
_ os um 5 _
Yos um(t2) Yos um(t3)
_
Yos um(t3) Re Re

OSCILLATING DISCRETE STABLE CUMULATIVE DFT-PHASOR

DFT-PHASORS CALCULATED WITH CPS-TECHNIQUE

GUID-3D60125B-0954-4E47-8FBB-32FF6CDD23E9 V1 EN

Figure 70: Cumulative Phasor Summing (CPS) principle

The CPS technique provides a stable directional phasor quantity despite of individual
phasors varying in magnitude and phase angle in time due to non-stable fault type such
as an intermittent earth fault. This is also true for harmonic components included in the
sum admittance phasor. Harmonics have typically a highly fluctuating character.

Harmonic components provide a more distinctive directional determination in

compensated networks than the fundamental frequency components. With higher
frequencies the compensation coil appears as a very high impedance and the
harmonics are not affected by the compensation coil and degree of compensation.
When harmonics are present, they cause the sum admittance phasor to behave as in
case of an unearthed network, where directional phasors point in fully opposite
directions in the faulty and healthy feeders.

The direction of the MFAPSDE function is defined by setting Directional mode to

“Forward” or “Reverse”. The operation characteristic is defined by tilted operation
sector as illustrated in Figure 71. The characteristic provides universal applicability,
that is, it is valid both in compensated and unearthed networks, also if the
compensation coil is temporarily switched off. The tilt of the operation sector is

RIO600 121
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

defined with setting Tilt angle to compensate the measurement errors of residual
current and voltage measurement.

+90 deg
Im(Yo) +45 deg

_
Yos um_CPS
REVERSE FORWARD

_ 0 deg
Yos um_CPS Re(Yo)


_
REVERSE Yos um_CPS _ FORWARD
Yos um_CPS
 

Tilt
angle
-90 deg
GUID-540336CC-0720-4F42-A59F-E99FC96508CE V1 EN

Figure 71: Directional characteristic of the MFAPSDE function

In case of unearthed network operation, adequate tilt angle must be

allowed to ensure dependable operation of MFAPSDE.

In Figure 71, phasors 1…4 demonstrate the behavior of the directional phasor in
different network fault conditions.
• Phasor 1 depicts the direction of accumulated sum admittance phasor in case of
an earth fault outside the protected feeder (assuming that the admittance of the
protected feeder is dominantly capacitive). The result is valid regardless of the
fault type (low ohmic, high(er) ohmic, permanent or intermittent). In case

122 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

harmonic components are present in the fault quantities, they turn the phasor
align to the negative Im( Y o ) axis.
• Phasor 2 depicts the direction of accumulated sum admittance phasor in case of
an earth fault inside the protected feeder when the network is unearthed. The
result is also valid in compensated networks when there are harmonic
components present in the fault quantities (typically low ohmic permanent or
intermittent fault). In this case, the result is valid regardless of the network’s
actual compensation degree. Harmonics turn the phasor align to the positive
Im( Y o ) axis.
• Phasors 3 and 4 depict the direction of accumulated sum admittance phasor in
case of a higher-ohmic earth fault in the protected feeder without harmonics in the
fault quantities when the network is compensated. As no harmonic components
are present, the phase angle of the accumulated phasor is determined by the
compensation degree of the network. With high degree of overcompensation, the
phasor turns towards the negative Im( Y o ) axis (as phasor 4).

The characteristic Tilt angle should reflect the measurement errors,

that is, the larger the measurement errors, the larger the Tilt angle
setting should be. Typical setting value of 10 degrees is
recommended.

The detected fault direction is available as GOOSE outputs MFAPSDE_OpFw and

MFAPSDE_OpRe. Outputs MFAPSDE_OpFw and MFAPSDE_OpRe provide the
fault direction irrespective of settings Power direction logic and Directional mode.

To adapt the fault direction determination to possible fault direction change during the
fault, for example, during manual fault location process, a cyclic accumulation of sum
admittance phasors is conducted. The duration of this directional evaluation cycle is
1.2 ⋅ Reset delay time (minimum of 600 ms). If the fault direction based on the cyclic
phasor accumulation is opposite to the function direction output for Reset delay time
or 500 ms (minimum of 500 ms), the function is reset and fault direction calculation
of MFAPSDE is restarted.

The direction of the MFAPSDE function is supervised by a settable current magnitude

threshold. The operate current used in the magnitude supervision is measured with a
special filtering method, which provides very stable residual current estimate
regardless of the fault type. This stabilized current estimate is the result from
fundamental frequency admittance calculation utilizing the CPS technique. The
stabilized current value is obtained (after conversion) from the corresponding
admittance value by multiplying it with the system nominal phase-to-earth voltage
value (=1/sqrt(3) which is entered as Nominal voltage). The stabilized values of the
fundamental frequency admittance and the corresponding current are calculated with
Equation 16 and Equation 17.

RIO600 123
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

3 ⋅ I01 CPS
Y01 stab = = Re Y01 stab  + j Im Y01 stab  = Gosta
1 1
b + j ⋅ Bostab
−U 1    
0 CPS
GUID-213A397D-2A9F-493E-A0FC-F7242CF11F8C V1 EN (Equation 16)

Stabilized fundamental frequency admittance estimate, which is result from fundamental

Y01 stab frequency admittance calculation utilizing the Cumulative Phasor Summing (CPS) technique

Fundamental frequency zero-sequence current phasor calculated utilizing the Cumulative

I01 CPS Phasor Summing (CPS) technique

Fundamental frequency zero-sequence votlage phasor calculated utilizing the Cumulative

U01 CPS Phasor Summing (CPS) technique

1 Real part of stabilized fundamental frequency conductance estimate

Gostab
1 Imaginary part of stabilized fundamental frequency susceptance estimate
Bostab

I01 stab = Gostab

1
( 1
+ j ⋅ Bostab 1
⋅ Ubaseres = IoCosstab
) 1
+ j ⋅ IoSinsta b

GUID-789BBC8B-72F7-421B-A758-1F29A77FC2DC V1 EN (Equation 17)

1 Real part of stabilized fundamental frequency conductance estimate

Gostab
1 Imaginary part of stabilized fundamental frequency susceptance estimate
Bostab
Stabilized fundamental frequency residual current estimate, which is obtained (after
I01 stab conversion) from the corresponding admittance value by multiplying it with the system
nominal phase-to-earth voltage value

1 Real part of stabilized fundamental frequency residual current estimate

IoCosstab
1 Imaginary part of stabilized fundamental frequency residual current estimate
IoSinstab

The main advantage of the filtering method is that due to the admittance calculation,
the resulting current value does not depend on the value of fault resistance, that is, the
estimated current magnitude equals the value that would be measured during a solid
earth fault (Rf = 0 Ω). Another advantage of the algorithm is that it is capable of
estimating the correct current magnitude during intermittent earth faults.

The setting Min Forward Operate current defines the minimum operate current if the
operation direction is set to “Forward”. The Min Reverse Operate current setting
defines the minimum operate current if the operation direction is set to “Reverse”.

With the previously described special filtering technique, the settings Min Forward
Operate current and Min Reverse Operate current are based on fundamental
frequency residual current values.

124 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Setting Operating Quantity defines whether the current magnitude supervision is

based on the "Adaptive", "Amplitude", or "Resistive" methods. When Operating
Quantity is set to "Adaptive", the method adapts the principle of current magnitude
supervision to the system earthing condition. This is done by monitoring the phase
angle of the accumulated sum admittance phasor. In case the phase angle of
accumulated sum admittance phasor is greater than 45 degrees, the set minimum
1
operate current threshold is compared to the amplitude of I0 stab (Figure 72). In case
the phase angle of accumulated admittance phasor is below 45 degrees, the set
1
minimum operate current threshold is compared to the resistive component of I0 stab .
This automatic adaptation of the magnitude supervision enables secure and
dependable directional determination in compensated networks, and it is also valid
when network is unearthed (compensation coil is switched off).

If the operation direction is set to “Reverse”, the resistive and amplitude sectors are
mirrored in the operation characteristics.

+90 deg
Im(Ȳo) +45 deg

❷
Ȳosum_CPS

REVERSE FORWARD

0 deg
Ȳosum_CPS Re(Ȳo)
❸

REVERSE FORWARD
Ȳosum_CPS

Ȳosum_CPS ❹
❶

Tilt
angle
-90 deg
GUID-7C6A76D8-DD19-4953-AD97-19165FE035EC V2 EN

Figure 72: Illustration of amplitude and resistive current sectors when

directional mode is set to "Forward" and setting operating
quantity="Adaptive"

RIO600 125
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Setting Operating Quantity should be set to "Adaptive" in resonant

earthed systems, except when protected feeders are overcompensated
by distributed coils. In such a case, Operating Quantity should be set
to "Resistive".

Setting Operating Quantity to "Adaptive" enables secure and

dependable directional determination in compensated networks,
which is also valid when the compensation coil is switched off and the
network becomes unearthed. In case of an unearthed network, the
minimum operate current (settings Min Forward Operate Current
and Min Reverse Operate Current) is automatically compared to the
1
amplitude of I0 stab . In case of restriking earth faults, harmonics
created by the fault type make the accumulated sum admittance
phasor behave as in case of an unearthed network. Therefore,
operation can be achieved without the need for resistive part of
I01 stab . This also means that in compensated networks during earth
faults with rich harmonic content in residual quantities, operation can
be achieved without the parallel resistor of the centralized
compensation coil.

When Operating Quantity is set to "Resistive", settings Min Forward Operate

Current and Min Reverse Operate Current are compared to the resistive component of
I01 stab in the whole defined operate sector (see Figure 73).

126 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

+90 deg
Im(Ȳo) +45 deg

❷
Ȳosum_CPS
REVERSE FORWARD

0 deg
Ȳosum_CPS Re(Ȳo)
❸

REVERSE FORWARD
Ȳosum_CPS

Ȳosum_CPS ❹
❶

Tilt
angle
-90 deg
GUID-CAFA60CF-AD7B-4EAB-848A-B565A5CEBF20 V1 EN

Figure 73: Illustration of amplitude and resistive current sectors when

directional mode is set to "Forward" and setting operating quantity =
"Resistive"

The resistive mode is valid for resonant earthed networks and high-resistance earthed
systems, but not in case of unearthed networks. The resistive mode must be selected
when there is a risk of local overcompensation of a protected feeder, that is, when the
earth-fault current is compensated with distributed compensation coil and their
inductive current exceeds the amount of capacitive current produced by the phase-to-
earth capacitance of the feeder.

In compensated networks, where distributed compensation coils are

also used to compensate earth-fault current, setting Operating
Quantity should be set to "Resistive". This enables secure and
dependable directional determination also in case of local
overcompensation where the earth-fault current produced by the
healthy feeder can become inductive.

RIO600 127
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

When Operating Quantity is set to "Amplitude", settings Min Forward Operate

1
Current and Min Reverse Operate Current are compared to the amplitude of I0 stab in
the whole defined operate sector (see Figure 74). This selection can be used in
unearthed networks.

+90 deg
Im(Ȳo) +45 deg

❷
Ȳosum_CPS

REVERSE FORWARD

0 deg
Ȳosum_CPS Re(Ȳo)
❸

REVERSE FORWARD
Ȳosum_CPS

Ȳosum_CPS ❹
❶

Tilt
angle
-90 deg
GUID-7B471332-D476-47A3-B37B-C147835657CA V1 EN

Figure 74: Illustration of amplitude and resistive current sectors when

directional mode is set to "Forward" and setting operating quantity =
"Amplitude"

If the “Adaptive” or “Resistive” operating quantity is selected, setting Min Forward

Operate Current should be set to a value less than p ⋅ IRtot.

IRtot is the total resistive earth-fault current of the network corresponding to the
resistive current of the parallel resistor of the coil and the network losses of the system
(typically in order of 1…5% of the total capacitive earth-fault current of the network).

p is the security factor (0.5…0.7).

This setting should be set based on the total resistive earth-fault current of the network
including the parallel resistor of the coil and the network losses. It must be set to a

128 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

value, which is lower than the total resistive earth-fault current to enable dependable
operation.

For example, if the resistive current of the parallel resistor is 10 A (at primary voltage
level), then a value of 0.5 ⋅ 10 A = 5 A could be used. If Operating Quantity is set to
"Adaptive", the same setting value is also applicable if the coil is disconnected and the
network becomes unearthed. In this case, the current magnitude supervision is
1
automatically based on the amplitude of I0 stab ). The selected setting value must never
exceed the ampere value of the parallel resistor to allow the operation of the faulted
feeder. In case of a smaller ampere value of a parallel resistor, for example 5 A, the
recommended security factor should be larger, for example 0.7.

If Operating Quantity is set to "Amplitude", the set minimum operate current

threshold (settings Min Forward Operate Current and Min Reverse Operate Current)
should be selected based on the capacitive earth-fault current values produced by the
background network in case of a solid earth fault with a security margin.

The main task of the current magnitude supervision is to secure the

correct directional determination of an earth fault, so that only the
faulty feeder is disconnected or alarmed. Therefore, the threshold
values should be selected carefully and not set too high as this can
inhibit the disconnection of the faulty feeder.

Transient detector
The transient detector module is used for detecting transients in the residual current
and residual voltage signals. When the number of detected transients equals or
exceeds the Peak Counter Limit setting (without the function being reset, depending
on the drop-off time set with the Reset delay time setting), the MFAPSDE_InEF
output is activated over GOOSE. This indicates the detection of intermittent earth
fault in the network. The operation of transient detector is illustrated in Figure 75.

Several factors, such as the fault moment on the voltage wave, fault
location, fault resistance and the parameters of the feeders and the
supplying transformers, affect the magnitude and frequency of fault
transients. If the fault is permanent (non-transient) in nature, only the
initial fault transient in current and voltage can be measured, whereas
the intermittent fault creates repetitive transients. The practical
sensitivity of transient detection is limited to approximately few
hundreds of ohms of fault resistance. Therefore, the application of
transient detection is limited to low ohmic earth faults.

RIO600 129
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Uo

Io

Peak
Detection

GFC release

Operate
Delay Timer

Reset Delay
Timer

MFAPSDE_InEF

MFAPSDE_St

MFAPSDE_Oper

Reset delay time Operate delay time

GUID-1631DBC0-4C26-4E47-B1E2-1A930445DA8F V1 EN

Figure 75: Example of operation of Transient detector: indication of detected

detection of intermittent earth fault by MFAPSDE_InEF output
(setting Peak Counter Limit = “3”)

Operation logic
Operation of MFAPSDE is applicable to all kinds of earth faults in unearthed and
compensated networks. It is intended to detect all kinds of earth faults regardless of
their type (transient, intermittent, permanent, high or low ohmic). The Voltage start
value setting defines the basic sensitivity of the MFAPSDE function.

The operate timer is started in the following conditions.

• Earth fault is detected by the General fault criteria (GFC).

• Fault direction equals the Directional mode setting.
• If the Power direction logic setting is set to “Enable”, the active power flow
direction must equal the Directional mode setting.
• Estimated stabilized fundamental frequency residual current exceeds the set
minimum operate current level (forward direction Min Forward Operate Current
130 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

and reverse direction Min Reverse Operate Current), which is applied in current
magnitude threshold supervision, and which is further defined with setting
Operating Quantity. Available options are "Adaptive", "Amplitude" and
"Resistive".

When the above four conditions are satisfied, the MFAPSDE_St output is activated
once Start Delay Time has elapsed. MFAPSDE_Oper output activates after Operate
delay time has elapsed. Reset timer is started if any of the above four conditions is not
valid. In case the fault is transient and self-extinguishing, MFAPSDE_St output stays
active until the elapse of reset timer (Reset Delay Time ). After the MFAPSDE_Oper
output activation, MFAPSDE_St and MFAPSDE_Oper outputs are immediately
reset, if any of the above four conditions are not valid. In addition, the
MFAPSDE_OpFw and MFAPSDE_OpRe outputs are activated based on the fault
direction.

The start and operate of fault are also available as GOOSE outputs MFAPSDE_St and
MFAPSDE_Oper.

Output MFAPSDE_Oper is configured to LED 8 of the SiM8F

module. The LED turns ON when this signal becomes high. The LED
color depends on setting Directional mode of the MFAPSDE
function. The LED is green for forward setting and red for reverse
setting.

If the detection of temporary earth faults is not desired, the activation

of MFAPSDE_St output may be delayed with the Start Delay Time
setting. The same setting can also be used to avoid restarting of the
function during long lasting post-fault oscillations, if time constants
of post-fault oscillations are very long (network losses and thus Low
damping).

The Fwd/Rev requirement affects the behavior of MFA panel LED,

ACT output and WHMI as defined in Table 77.

Table 77: Behavior of MFA panel LED, ACT output and WHMI status for various fault conditions

Sl.No PCM600 Fault ACT outputs SIM8F WHMI Remarks

setting direction Start Operate OpFwd OpRev panel Start Operate Direction
LED
1 Forward Forward Yes Yes Yes No Green ON ON Forward
2 Reverse No No No Yes - - - Unknown
3 Reverse No No No Yes Green Latched Reverse WHMI
with (Flashing) since a direction
previous forward is
forward1) fault updated
occurred with
in prior instantan
Table continues on next page

RIO600 131
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Sl.No PCM600 Fault ACT outputs SIM8F WHMI Remarks

setting direction Start Operate OpFwd OpRev panel Start Operate Direction
LED
eous
value
since Str
and Op
are
latched.
4 Reverse Forward No No Yes No - - - Unknown
5 Reverse Yes Yes No Yes Red ON ON Reverse
6 Forward No No Yes No Red Latched Forward WHMI
with (Flashing) since a direction
previous reverse is
reverse fault updated
occurred with
in prior instantan
eous
value
since Str
and Op
are
latched.

1) In the third case, start and operate are latched in the WHMI because of a forward fault. If the fault direction changes before the previous fault
is cleared, the WHMI shows the direction as reverse since its direction variable is updated with the latest condition in SIM and start and
operate are not cleared as they are latched. In the second case, the WHMI shows Unknown direction because it ignores the direction
information if start and operate are not triggered.

To keep the operate timer active between current spikes during

intermittent earth fault, Reset delay time should be set to a value
exceeding the maximum expected time interval between fault spikes
(obtained at full resonance condition). The recommended value is at
least 300 ms.

132 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Uo

Io

GFC release

Operate
Delay Timer

Reset Delay
Timer

MFAPSDE_ST

MFAPSDE_Oper

Reset delay time Operate delay time

Start delay time Start delay time

GUID-C9DD9B74-E46F-4FFB-A7C7-F022F9648430 V1 EN

Figure 76: Operation of function

Timer
If the detected fault direction is opposite to the set directional mode and GFC release
is active, MFAPSDE_ReEF output is activated once Start delay time has elapsed.
Reset timer is activated at the falling edge of General Fault Criterion release, that is,
when zero-sequence voltage falls below Voltage start value. MFAPSDE_ReEF is
reset once the reset delay time elapses. MFAPSDE_ReEF is also available as a
GOOSE output. If the Power direction logic setting is set to “Enable”, the active
power flow direction must be opposite to the set directional mode to activate
MFAPSDE_ReEF.

RIO600 133
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Uo

Io

GFC release

Reset Delay
Timer

MFAPSDE_ReEF

Reset delay time Reset delay time

Start delay time Start delay time

GUID-F869A49F-5EB5-42BE-AD50-F42C3F34E99F V1 EN

Figure 77: Activation of MFAPSDE_EF output (indication that the fault is located
opposite to set operate direction)

Signals
Table 78: MFAPSDE Output signals
Name Type Description
MFAPSDE_Oper Boolean Operate signal
MFAPSDE_St Boolean Start signal
MFAPSDE_ReEF Boolean Signal for EF to indicate
opposite fault direction
MFAPSDE_InEF Boolean Intermittent earth-fault
indication
MFAPSDE_OpFw Boolean Operate in forward direction
MFAPSDE_OpRe Boolean Operate in reverse direction

134 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Settings
Table 79: MFAPSDE Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Power direction logic Disable - - Enable Power direction logic
Enable
Peak Counter Limit 3...20 - - 3 Peak counter limit
for intermittent
(restriking) EF
detection
Operating Quantity Adaptive - - Adaptive Operating quantity
Amplitude selection
Resistive
Voltage Start Value 500...10000 V 1 500 Voltage start value
Operate Delay Time 60...60000 ms 1 500 Operate delay time
Directional Mode Forward - - Forward Directional mode
Reverse
Tilt Angle 5...20 Deg 1 10 Characteristics tilt
angle
Reset Delay Time 0...60000 ms 1 500 Reset delay time
Start Delay Time 30...60000 ms 1 30 Start delay time
Min Forward 1.0...20.0 A 0.1 1 Minimum operate
Operate Current current in forward
direction
Min Reverse 1.0...20.0 A 0.1 1 Minimum operate
Operate Current current in reverse
direction

Table 80: MFAPSDE Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
±5% in the range of 480 V...9.6 kV
±0.5% in the range of 9.6...28.8 kV
Operate time accuracy ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 mS

6.1.6.6 Voltage presence indication

Voltage presence indication PHSVPR

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Voltage presence indication PHSVPR PHSVPR PHSVPR

RIO600 135
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Functionality
The voltage presence indication function PHSVPR supervises the voltage presence
status. The function is used for indicating the voltage presence status of a load break
switch or a circuit breaker.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are “On” and “Off”.

The operation of PHSVPR can be described by using a module diagram. All modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

U_A ULive
Voltage
U_B
detection
U_C UDead

GUID-8CA753E3-27C3-4EE9-A84A-F5489C662DCB V1 EN

Figure 78: Functional module diagram

Voltage detector
This module supervises phase-to-earth voltage. The Alive Phase Supervision and
Dead Phase Supervision settings define which phase or phases are monitored for
voltage presence and voltage absence respectively. The measured phase-to-earth
voltages are compared with the threshold settings.

If the measured phase-to-earth voltage remains above the set Voltage Live Value for
1 second for the phases defined under Alive Phase Supervision, the PHSVPR_ULive
output activates indicating the voltage presence. Similarly, if the measured phase-to-
earth voltage remains below the set Voltage Dead Value for 1 second for the phases
defined under Dead Phase Supervision, the PHSVPR_UDead output activates
indicating voltage absence.

However, if the phase-to-earth voltage for the phase under supervision drops below
the set Voltage Live Value or rises above the Voltage Dead Value, outputs
PHSVPR_ULive and PHSVPR_UDead are deactivated.

The hysteresis is used for preventing unnecessary oscillations if the input signal varies
slightly above or below the threshold setting. After leaving the hysteresis area, the
start condition has to be fulfilled again and it is not sufficient for the signal to only
return back to the hysteresis area. The hysteresis setting is not freely configurable.

The activation of PHSVPR_ULive is indicated with LED 8 of the SIM8F module in

green color whereas the activation of PHSVPR_UDead is indicated with the same
LED 8 of the SIM8F module in red color.

136 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Signals
Table 81: PHSVPR Output signals
Name Type Description
PHSVPR_ULive Boolean Indicating voltage presence
PHSVPR_UDead Boolean Indicating voltage absence

Settings
Table 82: PHSVPR Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Alive Phase 1 out of 3 - - 1 out of 3 Number of phases
Supervision 2 out of 3 required for voltage
3 out of 3 presence detection
Dead Phase 1 out of 3 - - 3 out of 3 Number of phases
Supervision 2 out of 3 required for voltage
3 out of 3 absence detection
Voltage Live Value 300…25000 V 1 6000 Limit for phase to
neutral voltage
presence detection
Voltage Dead Value 300…25000 V 1 300 Limit for phase to
neutral voltage
absence detection

Table 83: PHSVPR Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy At frequency f = fn
±5% in the range of 480 V...9.6 kV
±0.5% in the range of 9.6...28.8 kV

6.1.6.7 Negative-sequence overcurrent indication NSPTOC

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Negative-sequence overcurrent NSPTOC I2> 46
protection

Functionality
The negative-sequence overcurrent protection function NSPTOC is used to increase
sensitivity to detect single-phase and phase-to-phase faults or unbalanced loads due
to, for example, broken conductors or unsymmetrical feeder voltages.

RIO600 137
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

NSPTOC can also be used to detect broken conductors.

The operating time characteristic is according to the definite time (DT).

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of NSPTOC can be described with a module diagram. All the modules
in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

Timer
NSPTOC_Oper
Level t
I2
detector
NSPTOC_Start
GUID-8327A6F2-E793-4CC4-A8F7-CBDB4E34DBA7 V1 EN

Figure 79: Functional module diagram

Level detector
The measured negative-sequence current is compared to the set Start Value. If the
measured value exceeds the set Start Value, Level detector activates the Timer
module.

Timer
Once activated, Timer activates the NSPTOC_Start output. When the operation
time has reached the value of Operate Delay Time, the NSPTOC_Oper output is
activated.

Signals
Table 84: NSPTOC Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I2 SIGNAL 0 Negative phase
sequence current

Table 85: NSPTOC Output signals

Name Type Description
NSPTOC_Start BOOLEAN General start of function
NSPTOC_Oper BOOLEAN General operate of function

138 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Settings
Table 86: NSPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Start Value 4...1000 A 1 12 Start value
Reset Delay Time 0...60000 ms 5 20 Reset delay time
Operate Delay Time 40…200000 ms 1 40 Operate delay time

Table 87: NSPTOC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: f = fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
IFault = 2 × set value = <36 ms
IFault = 10 × set value = <30 ms

Operate time accuracy ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

6.1.6.8 Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC FUSEF 60

Functionality
The fuse failure supervision function SEQSPVC is used to block the voltage-
measuring functions when failure occurs in the secondary circuits between the voltage
transformer (or combi sensor or voltage sensor) and the protection relay to avoid
malfunctions of the voltage protection functions.

SEQSPVC has two algorithms, a negative sequence-based algorithm and a delta

current and delta voltage algorithm.

A criterion based on the delta current and the delta voltage measurements can be
activated to detect three-phase fuse failures which usually are more associated with
the voltage transformer switching during station operations.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

RIO600 139
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

The operation of SEQSPVC can be described with a module diagram. All modules in
the diagram are explained in the next sections.

U2 Negative
phase
sequence
I2 criterion

U_A
Voltage
U_B
check
U_C

Decision
logic
FUSEF_U
Current
and
I_A
voltage
I_B delta
I_C criterion

FF_CBCLOSED

FF_DISCONOPEN
GUID-DB3E41D9-8F30-4C44-B944-E12A2889C28C V1 EN

Figure 80: Functional module diagram

Negative phase-sequence criterion

A fuse failure based on the negative-sequence criterion is detected if the measured
negative-sequence voltage exceeds the set Neg Seq Voltage Lev value and the
measured negative-sequence current is below the set Net Seq Current Lev value. The
detected fuse failure is reported to the Decision logic module.

Voltage check
The module makes a phase-specific comparison between each voltage input and the
Seal in Voltage setting. If the input voltage is lower than the setting, the corresponding
phase is reported to the Decision logic module.

Current and voltage delta criterion

The delta function can be activated by setting the Change Rate Enable parameter to
"True". Once the function is activated, it operates in parallel with the negative
sequence-based algorithm. The current and voltage are continuously measured in all
three phases to calculate:

• Change of voltage dU/dt

• Change of current dI/dt

The calculated delta quantities are compared to the respective set values of the Current
Change Rate and Voltage Change Rate settings.

The delta current and delta voltage algorithms detect a fuse failure if there is a
sufficient negative change in each phase separately. This is performed when the

140 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

circuit breaker is closed. Information about the circuit breaker position is connected to
the FF_CBCLOSED input.

There are two conditions for activating the current and voltage delta function.

• The magnitude of dU/dt exceeds the corresponding value of the Voltage Change
Rate setting and the magnitude of dI/dt is below the value of the Current Change
Rate setting in any phase at the same time due to the closure of the circuit breaker
(FF_CBCLOSED = TRUE).
• The magnitude of dU/dt exceeds the value of the Voltage Change Rate setting and
the magnitude of dI/dt is below the Current Change Rate setting in any phase at
the same time and the magnitude of the phase current in the same phase exceeds
the Min Op Current Delta setting.

The first condition requires the delta criterion to be fulfilled in any phase at the same
time as the circuit breaker is closed. Opening the circuit breaker at one end and
energizing the line from the other end onto a fault could lead to an improper operation
of SEQSPVC with an open breaker. If this is considered to be an important
disadvantage, the FF_CBCLOSED input is to be connected to FALSE. In this way
only the second criterion can activate the delta function.

The second condition requires the delta criterion to be fulfilled in one phase together
with a high current for the same phase. The measured phase current is used to reduce
the risk of a false fuse failure detection. If the current on the protected line is low, a
voltage drop in the system (not caused by the fuse failure) is not followed by a current
change and a false fuse failure can occur. To prevent this, the minimum phase current
criterion is checked.

The fuse failure detection is active until the voltages return above the Min Op Voltage
Delta setting. If a voltage in a phase is below the Min Op Voltage Delta setting, a new
fuse failure detection for that phase is not possible until the voltage returns above the
setting value.

Decision logic
The fuse failure detection output FUSEF_U is controlled according to the detection
criteria or external signals.

RIO600 141
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 88: Fuse failure output control

Fuse failure detection criterion Conditions and function response
Negative-sequence criterion If a fuse is detected based on the negative-
sequence criterion, the FUSEF_U output is
activated.
The FUSEF_U output signal is also activated if all
the phase voltages are above the Seal in Voltage
setting for more than 60 seconds and at the same
time the negative-sequence voltage is above Neg
Seq Voltage Lev for more than 5 seconds, all the
phase currents are below the Current Dead Lin Val
setting and the circuit breaker is closed, that is,
FF_CBCLOSED is TRUE.

Current and voltage delta function criterion If the current and voltage delta criterion detects a
fuse failure condition, but all the voltages are not
below the Seal in Voltage setting, only the
FUSEF_U output is activated.

External fuse failure detection The FF_DISCONOPEN input signal is supposed to

be connected through a protection relay binary
input to the N.C. auxiliary contact of the line
disconnector. The FF_DISCONOPEN signal sets
the FUSEF_U output signal to block the voltage-
related functions when the line disconnector is in
the open state.

It is recommended to always set Enable Seal in to "True". This secures

that the blocked protection functions remain blocked until normal
voltage conditions are restored if the fuse failure has been active for 5
seconds, that is, the fuse failure outputs are deactivated when the
normal voltage conditions are restored.

Signals
Table 89: SEQSPVC Input signals
Name Type Default Description
IA SIGNAL 0 Phase A current
IB SIGNAL 0 Phase B current
IC SIGNAL 0 Phase C current
I2 SIGNAL 0 Negative-sequence
current
U_A SIGNAL 0 Phase A voltage
U_B SIGNAL 0 Phase B voltage
U_C SIGNAL 0 Phase C voltage
U2 SIGNAL 0 Negative phase
sequence voltage
FF_CBCLOSED BOOLEAN 0 = False Active when circuit
breaker is closed
FF_DISCONOPEN BOOLEAN 0 = False Active when line
disconnector is open

142 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 90: SEQSPV Output signals

Name Type Description
FUSEF_U BOOLEAN General start of function

Settings
Table 91: SEQSPVC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Neg Seq Current 4…1000 A 1 12 Operate level of neg
Lev seq undercurrent
element
Neg Seq Voltage 300…10000 V 5 1500 Operate level of neg
Lev seq overvoltage
element
Current Change 4…1000 A 1 60 Operate level of
Rate change in phase
current
Voltage Change 300…10000 V 5 6000 Operate level of
Rate change in phase
voltage
Change Rate FALSE - - FALSE Enabling operation
Enable TRUE of change based
function
Min Op Voltage 300…10000 V 5 7500 Minimum operate
Delta level of phase
voltage for delta
calculation
Min Op Current 4…1000 A 1 40 Minimum operate
Delta level of phase
current for delta
calculation
Seal in Voltage 300…10000 V 5 7500 Operate level of
seal-in phase
voltage
Enable Seal In FALSE - - FALSE Enabling seal in
TRUE functionality
Current Dead Lin Val 4…1000 A 1 20 Operate level for
open phase current
detection

Table 92: SEQSPVC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operate time accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
NPS function:
<36 ms for UFault = 1.1 × set value
<22 ms for UFault = 5 × set value
Delta function:
<34 ms for ΔU = 1.1 × set value
<28 ms for ΔU = 5 × set value

RIO600 143
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

6.1.6.9 Inrush detector INRPHAR

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR 3I2f> 68

Functionality
The three-phase inrush detector function INRPHAR is used to coordinate transformer
inrush situations in distribution networks. Transformer inrush detection is based on
the following principle: the output signal BLK2H is activated once the numerically
derived ratio of second harmonic current I_2H and the fundamental frequency current
I_1H exceeds the set value.

The operating time characteristic is according to the definite time (DT).

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of INRPHAR can be described with a module diagram. All modules in
the diagram are explained in the next sections.

I_2H_A Timer
I_2H_A /
I_1H_A
AND t
I_1H_A

Timer
I_2H_B
I_2H_B /
AND t OR BLK2H
I_1H_B
I_1H_B

I_2H_C Timer
I_2H_C /
AND t
I_1H_C
I_1H_C

Level
detector

GUID-E9F06FB4-115F-4244-AFC7-767936805CF8 V1 EN

Figure 81: Functional module diagram

144 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

I_2H/I_1H
This module calculates the ratio of the second harmonic (I_2H) and fundamental
frequency (I_1H) phase currents. The calculated value is compared to the set Start
Value. If the calculated value exceeds the set Start Value, the module output is
activated.

Level detector
The output of the phase-specific level detector is activated when the fundamental
frequency current I_1H exceeds five percent of the nominal current.

Timer
Once activated, Timer runs until the set Operate Delay Time value. The time
characteristics is according to DT. When the operation timer has reached the Operate
Delay Time value, the BLK2H output is activated. After the timer has elapsed and the
inrush situation still exists, the BLK2H signal remains active until the I_2H/I_1H ratio
drops below the value set for the ratio in all phases, that is, until the inrush situation is
over.

Signals
Table 93: INRPHAR Input signals
Name Type Default Description
I_2H_A SIGNAL 0 Second harmonic
phase A current
I_1H_A SIGNAL 0 Fundamental
frequency phase A
current
I_2H_B SIGNAL 0 Second harmonic
phase B current
I_1H_B SIGNAL 0 Fundamental
frequency phase B
current
I_2H_C SIGNAL 0 Second harmonic
phase C current
I_1H_C SIGNAL 0 Fundamental
frequency phase C
current

Table 94: INRPHAR Output signals

Name Type Description
BLK2H BOOLEAN Second harmonic based block

RIO600 145
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Settings
Table 95: INRPHAR Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Start Value 5...100 % 1 20 Start value
Reset Delay Time 0...60000 ms 5 100 Reset delay time
Operate Delay Time 20…60000 ms 1 500 Operate delay time

Table 96: INRPHAR Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
Ratio I2f/I1f measurement:
±5.0% of the set value
Operate time accuracy ±35 ms

6.1.6.10 UPS power failure monitoring

The Sensor Input Module (SIM8F) stores the measured and derived time related
statistics information in its non-volatile memory. After the SIM8F module reboots or
is powered up, the stored information is used to continue the updating of measured and
derived statistics.

SIM8F aims at storing and recovering the information stored in its non-volatile
memory. After a sudden loss of power supply to RIO600, data can be corrupted in the
non-volatile memory of the SIM8F module. This leads to the loss of stored
information. All time related information used for statistics is lost and statistics
calculation restarts.

To avert the loss of data, the UPS power failure output signal from UPS should be
connected to any one of the DIM8H/L input channels or the subscribed Boolean
GOOSE data set element can be used as an indication for UPS power failure. When the
binary input is detected by the DIM module or the Boolean value in the subscribed
GOOSE data set element is set to "TRUE", it is considered as an indication of UPS
power failure and SIM8F stores the statistics information in its non-volatile memory.
This guarantees successful storage of statistics information in SIM8F module's
memory and the statistics calculations resume from this point after a reboot. If UPS
power failure indication indicates that the UPS power is healthy, SIM8F continues its
normal operation.

The UPS power failure input channel for DIM8H/L module can be configured in
Signal Matrix in PCM600.

146 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

GUID-0D76E7F2-D359-42D6-B774-D1E8D37EF4D6 V1 EN

Figure 82: Configuring the UPS power failure input channel

6.1.6.11 Calibration

The SIM8F module is factory calibrated.

6.1.7 Operating parameter settings of SIM4F module

Table 97: Operating parameter settings of SIM4F module
Parameter name Range Unit Step Default Description
Frequency 50 Hz - 50 Hz Rated system
60 frequency
Nominal current 80…630 A 1 400 Nominal phase
current
Rated sensor current 80 A - 80 Rated primary
250 current of sensor
Io signal sel Calculated Io - - Calculated Io Selection used
Measured Io for Io signal
Phase Rotation ABC - - ABC Phase rotation
ACB order
Sensor Correction Factors
Table continues on next page

RIO600 147
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Step Default Description

Phase A Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase A
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.0003 0 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase A
Phase B Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase B
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.0003 0 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase B
Phase C Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, phase C
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.0003 0 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, phase C
Residual Current 0.7000…1.3000 - 0.0001 1 Amplitude
Amplitude correction factor
for current
sensor, residual
Current Phase -3.0000… deg 0.0003 0 Phase correction
+3.0000 factor for current
sensor, residual
LED reset time delay 1…1440 min 1 60 LEDs Reset
delay time
(incase no
external signal
received for
resetting). This is
applicable to OC
fault detection &
EF Protection
LEDs.
Fault Indication Reset Method Self Reset - - Definite Time Self Reset
Method Method: Flashing
Definite Time protection
indication LED is
reset
immediately
once the fault is
cleared.
Definite Time:
Flashing
protection
indication LED is
reset after the
definite time set
by LED reset
time delay.
Update interval for Metering values 1...15 - 1 4 Update interval
for metering
values
x500mSec

148 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Rated Sensor Current set as 80 A refers to 150 mV at 50 Hz and 180

mV at 60 Hz when 80 A is injected. Similarly, Rated sensor current
set as 250 A refers to 150 mV at 50 Hz and 180 mV at 60 Hz when 250
A is injected.

6.1.7.1 Functions available in SIM4F

Table 98: Functions available in SIM4F
Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSI
Edition 1 Edition 2
Measurement functions
Three-phase current CMMXU CMMXU 3I 3I
measurement
Residual current measurement RESCMMXU RESCMMXU Io Io
Current average and peak CMSTA CAVMMXU - -
measurement CMAMMXU
RCAVMMXU
Detection and indication functions
Three-phase non-directional PHPTOC PHPTOC 3I> 51P
overcurrent fault detection
Non-directional earth-fault EFPTOC EFPTOC I0> 51N
detection
Negative-sequence overcurrent NSPTOC NSPTOC I2> 46
protection
Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR INRPHAR 3I2f> 68
Fault passage indicator FPIPTOC FPIPTOC - -

6.1.7.2 Measurement functions

Three-phase current measurement CMMXU

See Measurement functions.

Residual current measurement RESCMMXU

See Measurement functions.

Current peak measurement CMSTA

See Measurement functions.

6.1.7.3 Three-phase current fault detection

Three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection PHPTOC

See Three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection PHPTOC.

RIO600 149
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

6.1.7.4 Earth-fault detection

Three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection EPTOC

See Three-phase non-directional overcurrent fault detection EPTOC.

6.1.7.5 Negative-sequence overcurrent indication NSPTOC

See Negative-sequence overcurrent indication NSPTOC.

6.1.7.6 Inrush detector INRPHAR

See Inrush detector INRPHAR.

6.1.7.7 Fault passage indicator FPIPTOC

Identification
IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
Description
identification identification device number
Fault passage indicator FPIPTOC

Functionality
The fault passage indicator function FPIPTOC provides selective Fault Passage
Indicator (FPI) functionality for single-phase earth faults in high-impedance earthed
networks, that is, in compensated, unearthed and high resistance earthed systems. It
can be applied as single-phase earth fault FPI in case of overhead lines and
underground cables, regardless of actual earth-fault type (continuous, transient or
intermittent) or fault resistance value (low or high(er) ohmic).

FPIPTOC is based only on phase current measurements, thus it is applicable in cases

where voltage measurements are not available. Current measurement can be done
with conventional current transformers (CTs) or with sensors (Rogowski coils).

Accurate and reliable fault location information is the key for effective fault isolation
and supply restoration. With the fault passage information from the FPIPTOC, the
faulted line section can be quickly identified, and manual or automatic fault isolation
and supply restoration can be initiated.

The operating time characteristic is according to the definite time (DT).

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are "On" and "Off".

The operation of FPIPTOC can be described with a module diagram. All modules in
the diagram are explained in the next sections.

FPIPTOC is based on DFT-phasor calculation.

150 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

I_A General Faulted Fault FPIPTOC_Oper

I_B fault phase passage
I_C criterion selection indicator FPIPTOC_Start
GUID-8F92E063-8E83-48B1-B2DD-DCF6A21E6395 V1 EN

Figure 83: Functional module diagram

General fault criterion (GFC)

The General fault criterion (GFC) module monitors the presence of earth fault in the
network. There are two fault detection methods evaluated in parallel based on residual
current (Io) and earth-fault current (IEF).

Residual current amplitude Io can be derived from phase currents as:

Io = 3·abs(I0) = 3·abs(IA + IB + IC)/3

where

I0 = Zero-sequence current phasor

In order to estimate single-phase earth-fault current, threefold negative-sequence

current component due to earth fault is used (phase A as reference, a=cos(120o) +
j·sin(120o), phase rotation: A-B-C). Estimated fundamental frequency earth-fault
current amplitude can be derived from phase currents as:

IEF = 3·I2 = IA + a2· IB + a· IC

IEF = abs(IEF)

where

I2 = Negative-sequence current phasor

Earth-fault detection is based on monitoring the amplitude of residual current (Io) and
earth fault current (IEF) and by comparing them to setting values, Residual Start Cur
and EF Start Cur, respectively.

Io >Residual Start Cur

GUID-1C757E20-2395-4D0C-AAB1-01002674E9D4 V1 EN (Equation 18)

IEF >EF Start Cur

GUID-A18015C7-36AD-4450-9B8D-7699A3DBCB12 V1 EN (Equation 19)

Setting Residual Start Cur must be set above the highest residual
current value measured during the healthy state.

RIO600 151
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Setting EF Start Cur must be set above the highest threefold negative-
sequence current value measured during the healthy state.

In order to provide reliable and selective earth-fault detection, the previously

described earth-fault detection conditions, Equation 18 and Equation 19, must be
fulfilled for the minimum duration as defined with setting Start Delay Time. The pick-
up timer is, however, overridden, if simultaneously the residual current amplitude and
the estimated earth-fault current amplitude exceeds setting Inst Start Cur:

Io AND IEF>Inst Start Cur

Setting Inst Start Cur should be set to high value, which indicates
single-phase earth fault with abnormal high earth-fault current value.
Such a condition could be due to, for example, malfunction of the Arc
suppression Coil itself or the coil tuner. Setting value should be based
on magnitude of the uncompensated earth fault current of the network.
Setting Inst Start Cur is set lower value than the uncompensated earth
fault current of the network with sufficient margin.

After an earth fault is detected by the General fault criterion module, calculation of
‘delta’ quantities for residual current and earth-fault current is conducted. Calculation
of change in the amplitude of residual current (ΔIo) and in the earth-fault current (ΔIF)
due to earth fault is done by comparing the present value of residual current phasor
(Io) and earth fault current phasor (IF) to value Revert Time earlier and calculating its
amplitude:

ΔIo = abs(Io(tFLT) - Io(tPRE_FLT))

ΔIEF = abs(IEF(tFLT) - IEF(tPRE_FLT))

where

tFLT is the time during the earth fault

tPRE_FLT is the time prior to the earth fault and it represents pre-fault or healthy-state
conditions. This pre-fault operation point is determined based on user setting Revert
Time as follows:

tPRE_FLT = tFLT(1) – Revert Time

where

tFLT(1) equals the first time instance, when the earth fault is internally detected by
FPIPTOC, based on Equation 18 and Equation 19. Pre-fault time moment is at least
Revert Time before earth fault occurrence moment.

In case of high(er) ohmic earth-fault, due to slow increase of Io and IF

magnitude, it may take several hundreds of milliseconds until setting
thresholds are exceeded and an earth fault is detected after actual

152 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

earth-fault ignition moment. Therefore, setting Revert Time should

have sufficient big value, at least 300 ms.

Faulted phase selection

The Faulted phase selection module provides information about the faulted phase (A,
B or C) during a single-phase earth fault.

The faulted phase is identified by evaluation of the following equations:

 
 1 1 
∆I B − ∆I C
FAULTED PHASE A = abs  

 ∆I 1 −
1 1
∆I B + ∆I C ( ) 

A
 2 
GUID-2F1B1452-1228-4938-B1A4-3FD5AB349F8C V1 EN (Equation 20)

 
 1 1 
∆I C − ∆I A
FAULTED PHASE B = abs  

 ∆I 1 −
1 1
∆I C + ∆I A ( ) 

B
 2 
GUID-4A1CC3EC-B50A-4D97-9A71-C7F353D6F18C V1 EN (Equation 21)

 
 1 1 
∆I A − ∆I B
FAULTED PHASE C = abs  

 ∆I 1 −
1 1
∆I A + ∆I B ( ) 

C
 2 
GUID-7155A708-DFC6-4A61-B643-D341DA65442D V1 EN (Equation 22)

where

ΔIA = IA(tFLT) - IA(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase A current phasor due to earth fault

ΔIB = IB(tFLT) – IB(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase B current phasor due to earth fault

ΔIC = IC(tFLT) – IC(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase C current phasor due to earth fault

Faulted phase is identified by comparing the magnitudes of Equations 20 - 22. If

Equation 20 has a minimum value, the faulted phase is A. If Equation 21 has a
minimum value, the faulted phase is B. If Equation 22 has a minimum value, the
faulted phase is C.

Actual implementation uses Cumulative Phasor Summing (CPS) calculation. This

filtering method is especially advantageous during transient, intermittent and re-
striking earth faults with dominantly non-sinusoidal or transient content. But it is
equally valid during continuous (stable) earth faults. The concept of CPS is illustrated
in the figure below.

RIO600 153
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

GUID-201C1336-9482-4D26-B04B-6A04CBF73AF3 V1 EN

Figure 84: Principle of CPS

Cumulative phasor sum is the result of adding the values of the measured current
phasors together in phasor format in chronological order during the fault. Using the
discrete current phasors in different time instants (t1...t5), the corresponding
accumulated current phasor is calculated:

ΔIA_CPS(t1) = ΔIA (t1)

ΔIA_CPS(t2) = ΔIA (t1)+ΔIA (t2)

ΔIA_CPS(t3) = ΔIA (t1)+ΔIA (t2) +ΔIA (t3)

ΔIA_CPS(t4) = ΔIA (t1)+ΔIA (t2) +ΔIA (t3) +ΔIA (t4)

ΔIA_CPS(t5) = ΔIA (t1)+ΔIA (t2) +ΔIA (t3) +ΔIA (t4) +ΔIA (t5)

By dividing two CPS-based current quantities, CPS1/CPS2, a stable magnitude or

phase angle estimate regardless of the fault type is obtained. This is demonstrated in
Figure 85 and Figure 86.

The main advantage of the CPS method is that it can estimate stable magnitude and
phase angle also during intermittent or re-striking earth faults. Accumulation of
phasors is started when the presence of an earth fault in the network is confirmed and
accumulation of phasors is reset when the fault condition is over, and after Reset Delay
Time has elapsed.

Fault passage indicator

After the presence of the earth fault in the network and the faulted phase is confirmed,
then it is the task to validate whether the fault current has flown though the
measurement point of FPIPTOC. There are two criteria for detection of fault passage
based on the theory of admittances valid for high impedance earthed network during
a single-phase earth fault.

154 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

First condition for detection of fault passage is based on evaluation simultaneously the
phase angles of three ratios of changes in phase current phasors (fundamental
frequency) due to the earth fault:

 ∆I 1 
FPI_AtoB = angle  1A 
 ∆I B 
GUID-D515DEC4-C291-4B9B-8F72-923551F553A5 V1 EN (Equation 23)

 ∆I 1 
FPI_BtoC = angle  1B 
 ∆I C 
GUID-5D1B6E80-64DB-4DF1-BA3C-C031DA278C57 V1 EN (Equation 24)

 ∆I 1 
FPI_CtoA = angle  C1 
 ∆I A 
GUID-B3F99130-AEB9-4E9C-A0CF-3BFDE75A3CA2 V1 EN (Equation 25)

where

ΔIA = IA(tFLT) - IA(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase A current phasor due to earth fault

ΔIB = IB(tFLT) – IB(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase B current phasor due to earth fault

ΔIC = IC(tFLT) – IC(tPRE_FLT) = change of phase C current phasor due to earth fault

Actual implementation uses CPS calculation. Accumulation of phasors is started

when the presence of earth fault in the network is confirmed and accumulation of
phasors is reset when fault condition is over, and after Reset Delay Time has elapsed.

The indication of fault passage is declared when:

• the maximum phase angle is above setting Angle Sector AND

• the minimum phase angle is below setting -Angle Sector

Additionally, the absolute values of maximum and minimum phase angles of

Equations 23 - 25 in the faulted feeder should be equal. Their difference, that is, the
phase angle offset (= maximum – minimum phase angle) must not exceed setting
threshold Angle Offset Sector.

RIO600 155
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

GUID-50908C66-1C3B-4D1F-A7FC-B9429ACC9120 V1 EN

Figure 85: Stable phase C-to-earth fault current flowing through the measuring
point of FPIPTOC in a compensated network

In Figure 85, the fault occurs at time 0.2 sec. On the right-hand side, the result of
faulted phase selection (Equations 20 - 22) and fault passage indication (phase angles
of Equations 23 - 25 and ΔIEF/ΔIo ratio of Equation 26) are shown.

GUID-D67DCE74-A2C9-457D-B0B8-9139214C1C75 V1 EN

Figure 86: Re-striking phase C-to-earth fault current flowing through the
measuring point of FPIPTOC in a compensated network

In Figure 86, the fault occurs at time 0.2 sec. On the right-hand side, the result of
faulted phase selection (Equations 20 - 22) and fault passage indication (phase angles
of Equations 23 - 25 and ΔIEF/ΔIo ratio of Equation 26) are shown.

156 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Typical setting for Angle Sector is 15…30 deg.

Typical setting for Angle Offset Sector is 45…65 deg.

Second condition for detection of fault passage is based on evaluation simultaneously

ratio of change due to earth fault in earth-fault current to residual current (fundamental
frequency):

 ∆I 1 
FPI_EF = abs  EF 1 
 ∆I o 
GUID-1A35269E-D21A-4340-81F9-4F1CD84FF8E9 V1 EN (Equation 26)

The indication of fault passage is declared when the current ratio of Equation 26 is
above setting Ratio EF to Res Cur.

Actual implementation uses CPS calculation. Accumulation of phasors is started

when the presence of earth fault in the network is confirmed and accumulation of
phasors is reset when the fault condition is over, and after Reset Delay Time has
elapsed.

Typical setting for Ratio EF to Res Cur is 0.2.

When all conditions for detection of fault passage are fulfilled, then FPIPTOC
functions starts. This is indicated by activation of FPIPTOC_Start output. The
FPIPTOC_Oper output is activated when Operate Delay Time has elapsed.

The FPIPTOC_ Start signal is prolonged with setting Reset Delay Time. Proper
setting is 350...500 ms. In order to prevent unwanted function, reset between the
current spikes during intermittent earth fault, Reset Delay Time should have typical
value of 300…500 ms. After FPIPTOC_Oper is activated, then Reset Delay Time is
no longer active.

Start criteria of general earth-fault detection have a user settable Start Delay Time,
which is overridden in case instantaneous GFC-module start condition is fulfilled.

Raising edge of general earth fault criteria starts CPS calculation. Falling edge of
general earth fault criteria resets CPS calculation.

RIO600 157
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Signals
Table 99: FPIPTOC Input signals
Name Type Default Description
IA SIGNAL 0 Phase A current, IA
IB SIGNAL 0 Phase B current, IB
IC SIGNAL 0 Phase C current, IC

Table 100: FPIPTOC Output signals

Name Type Description
FPIPTOC_Oper BOOLEAN Fault passage indication
function is started.
FPIPTOC_Start BOOLEAN Fault passage indication
function is operated.

Settings
Table 101: FPIPTOC Settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Operation Off - - On Operation Off/On
On
Residual Start Cur 1…100 A 1 4 Residual current
start threshold
EF Start Cur 1…100 A 1 4 Earth-fault current
start threshold
Inst Start Cur 10…100 A 1 50 Earth-fault current
threshold for
instantaneous start
condition
Angle Sector 10…90 Deg 1 15 Phase angle sector
boundary threshold
for fault passage
Operate Delay Time 100…60000 ms 10 500 Operate delay time
Ratio EF to Res Cur 0.1-1.0 0.1 0.1 Ratio earth-fault
current to residual
current
Start Delay Time 0...1000 ms 10 20 Start delay
Angle Offset Sector 10…90 Deg 1 45 Phase angle offset
threshold for fault
passage indication
Reset Delay Time 20…6000 ms 1 20 Reset Delay Time
Revert Time 300…1500 ms 10 300 Revert time for delta-
calculation

158 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 102: FPIPTOC Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operation accuracy Depending on the frequency of the current
measured: f = fn
±1.5% of the set value
Start time accuracy ±1.0% of the set value or ±70 ms

Operate time accuracy1) ±1.0% of the set value or ±30 ms

1) fn = 50 Hz, results based on statistical distribution of 1000 measurements

6.1.7.8 Calibration

The SIM4F module is factory calibrated.

6.1.8 Operating parameter settings of SCM module

Smart control module can be configured for different applications. Application types
can be set during the configuration wizard operation. Because of solid state outputs,
the module allows a direct making, carrying and breaking of motor and coil currents.
This technical characteristic offers the capability to control three-position switches or
two-position switches of, for example, gas-insulated switchgears, which requires a so
called “4-4H bridge” in order to turn a DC motor in both directions.

6.1.8.1 Functions available in SCM

Table 103: Functions available in SCM
Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSI
Edition 1 Edition 2
Supervision function
Trip circuit supervision TCSHSCBR/ TCSHSCBR/ TCS TCM
TCSLSCBR TCSLSCBR

6.1.8.2 Three-position earthing switch or two-position earthing switch or two-

position disconnector switch or circuit breaker control application

The RIO600 smart control module is able to handle the following.

• Motor driven switches

• Three-position switch (combined earthing switch and disconnector switch)
• Two-position earthing switch
• Two-position disconnector switch
• Circuit breaker
• Interlocking rules to control coils

Each smart control module can handle one motor driven switch or one circuit breaker.

RIO600 159
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 104: Operation parameters for three-position earthing switch, two-position earthing switch, two-position disconnector switch or
circuit breaker control application
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Motor Parameters
Motor start time out 0...32000 ms 0 Maximum time from
Starting motor to
definitely leave defined
Start position
Motor braking Not used/used Not used Motor braking
Motor Unominal 24…250 VDC 110 Motor nominal voltage

Motor(s) duty cycle 1…100 % 100 Duty cycle to run motor(s)

Earthing switch
parameters
Earthing switch close 0…32000 ms 25000 Maximum time from
time-out Earthing switch opened
to Earthing switch closed
Earthing switch open 0…32000 ms 25000 Max time from Earthing
time-out switch closed to Earthing
switch opened
Disconnector parameters
Disconnector close time- 0…32000 ms 25000 Maximal time from
out Disconnector opened to
Disconnector closed
Disconnector open time- 0…32000 ms 25000 Maximal time from
out Disconnector closed to
Disconnector opened
CB parameters
Trip coil pulse time 1...500 ms 100 Pulse time for trip coil
Pulse ends if start
position leaved or end
position reached
Closing coil pulse time 1...500 ms 100 Pulse time for closing coil
Pulse ends if start
position leaved or end
position reached
Input channels
Debounce Time (Filter 5...4095 ms 10 This parameter is the
time) debounce time for the
input signal in ms.
Oscillation Upper Limit 2...63 Counts 63 This parameter is the
oscillation suppression
upper limit.
The parameter value acts
as the count for upper
limit.
Oscillation Suppression 1...62 Counts 62 This parameter is the
Hysteresis oscillation suppression
hysteresis.
The parameter value acts
as the count for
hysteresis.
Table continues on next page

160 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description

Oscillation Time 0...4095 ms 4095 This parameter is the
oscillation suppression
time limit. The parameter
value acts as the time
window for the oscillation
detection in ms.
0 means that no
oscillation suppression is
active.
Description Digital Input 1...4 User defined channel
name not exceeding 30
characters
Channel 1 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non Inverted channel 1 input type: non-
inverted/inverted
Channel 2 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non Inverted channel 2 input type: non-
inverted/inverted
Channel 3 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non Inverted channel 3 input type: non-
inverted/inverted
Channel 4 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non Inverted channel 4 input type: non-
inverted/inverted
Output channels
Description High speed output 1..4 User defined channel
name not exceeding 30
characters

Interlocking rules for motor driven switch (earthing switch,

disconnector)
When configured for motor driven switch control, the smart control module runs on
different interlocking rules which helps the switchgear to function safely. It checks
different stages of the motor based on different input signals and controls the operation
of the motor. The panel and substation interlocking has to be handled by the connected
protection and control device.

RIO600 ignores commands to operate the motor to its current position. For example,
if the Disconnector is in the OPEN position when RIO600 receives an OPEN
command, no motor operation is performed and the command is ignored.

RIO600 161
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Table 105: Interlocking rules for motor driven switches

Operation Position of switch Command allowed
If Earthing switch is between Open earthing switch
OPEN and CLOSE positions
(intermediate position) and the
disconnector is in OPEN
position
If Disconnector is between Open disconnector
OPEN and CLOSE positions
(intermediate position) and the
earthing switch is in OPEN
position
Close earthing switch Earthing switch is in OPEN Allowed to CLOSE
position and disconnector is in
OPEN position
Close disconnector Disconnector is in OPEN Allowed to CLOSE
position and earthing switch is in
OPEN position
Input status Unexpected (wrong) position Stop motor immediately
indication

Interlocking rules for circuit breaker control

Smart control module configured for a circuit breaker application controls two double
poled coils. The circuit breaker interlocking has to be realized inside the belonging
protection and control device.
Table 106: Interlocking rules for circuit breaker control
Operation Position of switch Allowed state
CB Open Circuit breaker ready Close circuit breaker
CB Close Circuit breaker close No action

Irrespective of the circuit breaker's current position, if a command

comes to an open circuit breaker, it will be always executed.

Binary input debounce time (filter time)

The filter time eliminates debounces and short disturbances on a binary input. The
filter time is set for each binary input.

162 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

1 2

4
5 5
GUID-13DA5833-D263-4E23-B666-CF38B1011A4B V1 EN

Figure 87: Binary input filtering

1 t0

2 t1

3 Input signal
4 Filtered input signal
5 Filter time

At the beginning, the input signal is at the high state, the short low state is filtered and
no input state change is detected. The low state starts when the time t0 exceeds the
filter time, which means that the change in the input state is detected and the time tag
attached to the input change is t0. The high state starts when t1 is detected and the time
tag t1 is attached.

Binary input inversion

When a binary input is inverted, the state of the input is TRUE (1) when no control
voltage is applied to its terminals. Accordingly, the input state is FALSE (0) when a
control voltage is applied to the terminals of the binary input.

LEDs and WHMI reflect the physical input signal present on the binary input terminal.

Oscillation suppression
Oscillation suppression is used to reduce the load from the system when a binary input
starts oscillating. A binary input is regarded as oscillating if the number of valid state
changes (= number of events after filtering) during configured time period (as per
oscillation time parameter) is equal to or greater than the set oscillation level value.
During oscillation, the binary input is blocked (the status is invalid) and an event is
generated. The state of the input does not change when it is blocked, that is, its state
depends on the condition before blocking.

The binary input is regarded as non-oscillating if the number of valid state changes
during configured time period is less than the set oscillation level value minus the set
oscillation hysteresis value. The oscillation hysteresis must be set lower than the

RIO600 163
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

oscillation level to enable the input to be restored from oscillation. When the input
returns to a non-oscillating state, the binary input is deblocked (the status is valid) and
an event is generated.

6.1.8.3 Generic four inputs and four high speed power outputs

Smart control module has four inputs with common return for a pair and four power
outputs with common return for a pair. These channels can be used for generic
purposes, for example, position indications or status information.
Table 107: Operation parameters for generic inputs and high-speed power outputs
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Input channels
Debounce Time (Filter 5...4095 ms 10 This parameter is the
time) debounce time for the
input signal in ms.
Oscillation upper limit 2...63 Counts 63 This parameter is the
oscillation suppression
upper limit.
The parameter value acts
as the count for upper
limit.
Oscillation suppression 1...62 Counts 62 This parameter is the
hysteresis oscillation suppression
hysteresis.
The parameter value acts
as the count for
hysteresis.
Oscillation time 0...4095 ms 4095 This parameter is the
oscillation suppression
time limit. The parameter
value acts as the time
window for the oscillation
detection in ms.
0 means that no
oscillation suppression is
active.
Description Digital input 1...4 User defined channel
name not exceeding 30
characters.
Channel 1 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Channel 1 input type:
non-inverted/inverted
Channel 2 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Channel 2 input type:
non-inverted/inverted
Channel 3 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Channel 3 input type:
non-inverted/inverted
Channel 4 Inversion Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Channel 4 input type:
non-inverted/inverted
Output channels
Description High speed output 1..4 User defined channel
name not exceeding 30
characters.
Table continues on next page

164 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description

Pulse length 10 to 65535 ms 10 The integer value in this
parameter indicates the
pulse length for the
output channels in ms.
Signal type Static/Pulse Static Output signal type: static/
pulse
Output Channel 1 Enabled/Disabled Enabled Output channel 1:
Enabled enabled/disabled
Output Channel 2 Enabled/Disabled Enabled Output channel 2:
Enabled enabled/disabled
Output Channel 3 Enabled/Disabled Enabled Output channel 3:
Enabled enabled/disabled
Output Channel 4 Enabled/Disabled Enabled Output channel 4:
Enabled enabled/disabled
Output Channel 1 Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Output channel 1: non-
Inversion inverted/inverted
Output Channel 2 Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Output channel 2: non-
Inversion inverted/inverted
Output Channel 3 Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Output channel 3: non-
Inversion inverted/inverted
Output Channel 4 Non-inverted/inverted Non-inverted Output channel 4: non-
Inversion inverted/inverted

6.1.8.4 Trip circuit supervision TCSHSCBR/TCSLSCBR

Identification
Description IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/IEEE C37.2
identification identification device number
Trip circuit supervision TCSHSCBR/ TCS TCM
TCSLSCBR

Functionality
The trip circuit supervision function TCSHSCBR/TCSLSCBR supervises the control
circuit of the circuit breaker. The invalidity of a control circuit is detected by using a
dedicated input (Input 4) contact. The failure of a circuit is reported to the
corresponding function block in the IED configuration.

The operating time characteristic is according to the definite time (DT). The function
activate alarm after a predefined operating time and resets when the fault disappears.

Operation principle
The Operation setting is used to enable or disable the function. The corresponding
parameter values are “On” and “Off”.

The operation of TCSLSCBR can be described by using a module diagram. All

modules in the diagram are explained in the next sections.

RIO600 165
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

Timer

TCS status t
TCSLSCBR_ALR
(input 4)

GUID-4E6CD401-5CA9-4801-8AFA-90F3EBEC2E9B V1 EN

Figure 88: Functional module diagram

TCS status
This module receives the trip circuit status from binary input 4. A detected failure in
trip circuit activates the timer.

Timer
Once activated, the timer runs until the set value of Operate Delay Time has elapsed.
The time characteristic is according to DT. When the operation timer has reached the
maximum time value, the TCSLSCBR_ALR output is activated. If a drop-off situation
occurs during the operate time up counting, the reset timer is activated. If the reset
timer reaches the value set by Reset Delay Time, the operation timer resets and the
TCSLSCBR_ALR output is deactivated.

TCSHSCBR is available for high-voltage circuit breaker and

TCSLSCBR for low-voltage circuit breaker configuration

Signals
Table 108: TCSHSCBR Output signals
Name Type Description
TCSHSCBR_ALR Boolean Alarm output

Table 109: TCSLSCBR Output signals

Name Type Description
TCSLSCBR_ALR Boolean Alarm output

Settings
Table 110: TCSHSCBR/TCSLSCBR settings
Name Values (Range) Unit Step Default Description
Off
Operation - - On Operation Off / On
On
Operate Delay Time 20…300000 ms 1 20 Operate delay time
Reset Delay Time 0…60000 ms 1 1000 Reset Delay Time

166 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

Table 111: TCSHSCBR/TCSLSCBR Technical data

Characteristic Value
Operate time accuracy ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

6.2 Test mode handling

Use PCM600 to set the device in test mode.

In the test mode, RIO600 publishes GOOSE messages with the test bit activated (bit
11 of quality byte, as per IEC 61850‐8‐1) in the quality data attribute of the
corresponding data object. If RIO600 is configured for IEC 61850 Edition 1, the
global test bit in the GOOSE frame header is also set to “TRUE”.

RIO600 detects the test bit in the received message and operates the output for the
subscribed GOOSE messages.
Table 112: Test mode operation
Test mode in subscriber RIO600 Test mode in publisher IED Output contact on subscriber
RIO600 according to received
data
Off Off Operate
On Off Not operate
Off On Not operate
On On Operate

When RIO600 is in the test mode, the Ready LED of the LECM module flashes.

RIO600 does not support Simulation mode of IEC61850 Edition 2.

6.3 Channel output value handling

The channel values of the binary output modules follow the value in the subscribed
GOOSE message if the output is connected to the subscribed data. In case of
communication disturbances such as a broken Ethernet cable or GOOSE timeout, the
output values are restored to default, that is, set to failsafe values. When designing the
application, the failsafe value is “0” as the outputs are normally open contacts (NO).
For example, the blocking signals are enabled and the interlocking is released in the
failsafe state. Also, when RIO600 is powered off, the outputs go to the normal state,
which is open (“0”).

RIO600 167
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

For Analog Output Module (AOM4), in case of failsafe condition, the module
continues to drive the old value. In case of power-off condition, the module drives 0
mA current.

6.4 Local/Remote mode

RIO600 can be set to Local/Remote mode using any of the binary input signals,
GOOSE signal or through a Modbus command. The Local/Remote mode can be
instantiated using Signal Matrix tool. Different combinations are possible based on
the Local/Remote setting.
Table 113: Local/Remote mode options
Local/ OR Logic Local Remote
Remote Intermodule Binary Goose Binary Goose Binary Binary
mode communicati subscribing publishing Modbus write Modbus read
on support operations operations
(commands
from DIM8)
- NO YES YES YES YES YES
Remote NO YES YES YES YES YES
Local NO YES NO YES NO YES
- YES YES YES YES N/A N/A
Remote YES YES YES YES N/A N/A
Local YES YES NO YES N/A N/A

6.5 Time synchronization

RIO600 can be synchronized to an NTP time server or the time synchronization can
be achieved using Modbus TCP client.

Time synchronization is used to synchronize the device's real time clock. Using time
synchronization, RIO600 can show the correct time in its WHMI and time stamp the
header and data events of GOOSE messages properly.

Time synchronization is not mandatory. The time stamp attribute is

not included by default in GOOSE data sets.

RIO600 does not support DST and therefore the used time is always
UTC in WHMI and events.

168 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 6
Commissioning

6.5.1 SNTP time synchronization

RIO600 supports up to two SNTP servers (primary SNTP server and secondary SNTP
server) for time synchronization. RIO600 uses only one of the SNTP servers at a time.
The primary server is used mainly, whereas the secondary server is used (when
configured) if the primary server cannot be reached. While using the secondary SNTP
server, RIO600 tries to reach the primary server and switches back to the primary
server if it is available. If both SNTP servers are offline, the event time stamps have
a time invalid status and a warning is activated. Time synchronization requests are
sent to the SNTP server every 16 seconds. RIO600 supports the NTP/SNTP version
4.

RIO600 supports T0 class performance for time tagging of events.

If the time sync source is not configured, LECM internal reference

clock is used for RIO600 internal operation.

6.5.2 Modbus time synchronization

RIO600 can be synchronized by Modbus TCP client. The Modbus client should send
an unsigned 16-bit value range for setting the time value.

Modbus time synchronization can be used only if it is enabled in Parameter Setting

through the configuration and the time synchronization source is made as Modbus or
an exception code 4 is sent. The time synchronization registers can only be written
with data within the valid range of each parameter. In case the data to be written is
outside the valid range, time is not updated and an exception code 4 is sent to the
master to indicate an error in writing to time registers. If master tries to poll for the time
registers and read their data, the actual time stored in IED is reported.

The accuracy class is not guaranteed for time synchronization with Modbus
commands.
Table 114: Time synchronization with Modbus commands
Modbus address (in Information Scale factor Data type Valid range
decimal for 3X and
4X range)
8 Year 1 Unsigned 16 2000...9999
9 Month 1 Unsigned 16 1...12
10 Day 1 Unsigned 16 1...31
11 Hour 1 Unsigned 16 0...23
12 Minute 1 Unsigned 16 0...59
13 Seconds 1 Unsigned 16 0...59

RIO600 169
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 6 1MRS757488 H
Commissioning

6.6 GOOSE performance

RIO600 meets the horizontal communication performance criteria for protection

purposes defined by IEC61850-5, device-to-device communication under 10 ms.

RIO600 also supports sending and receiving analog values using GOOSE messaging.
In case of an mA/RTD input, transferring the event via GOOSE requires 250 ms. It
takes 50 ms to drive the mA ouput signal in AOM after receiving the GOOSE
command.

In case of SIM8F, the metering values are sent over GOOSE based on the set
parameter Update interval for Metering values.

170 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Section 7 Modbus TCP communication

7.1 Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus is a communication protocol developed by Modicon Company in 1970s. It

was used originally for communication in PLCs and RTU devices but later the
Modbus protocol has been used in a variety of different device applications.

The Ethernet based Modbus TCP/IP communication in this IED follows the
specifications maintained by Modbus Organization. The Modbus communication
reference guides can be downloaded from Technical Resources on www.modbus.org.
RIO600 is designed to operate with a wide range of different Modbus masters and
clients. The word "client" refers to the protocol master. RIO600 is referred to as
"server" or a slave device. RIO600 can communicate with one Modbus protocol client
at a time.

Modbus TCP can be used in parallel with IEC 61850 GOOSE.

7.1.1 Connection to client

In RIO600, it is possible to activate one Modbus protocol server instance. Modbus
TCP server is activated by setting the Modbus operation parameter to "ON" and
selecting Write to IED in PCM600. Modbus TCP can be used in parallel with the IEC
61850 GOOSE.

7.1.2 Protocol server attachment to a client

After protocol activation, RIO600 should be connected to the intended client. When
the client makes a TCP connection, its IP address is checked. Protocol reservation is
given to the client with this IP address. Modbus TCP client must use the Slave ID in
its data requests to ensure responses from RIO600. The Slave ID is set through
Parameter Setting in PCM600.

7.1.3 TCP/IP link

RIO600 operates as a ModbusTCP/IP server. A Modbus TCP/IP client can establish
a connection to RIO600 through the standardized TCP socket port 502. The Modbus
TCP/IP interface of RIO600 can be configured to accept one Modbus client IP
address. The analog output and binary output write authority for the Modbus TCP/IP
client is configurable, for example, if Modbus TCP is used only for monitoring and
RIO600 outputs are operated using IEC 61850 GOOSE.

RIO600 171
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.1.4 Modbus TCP/IP diagnostic counters over Web HMI

Modbus TCP/IP diagnostic counters can be viewed via the WHMI. These counters
show the sent and received Modbus protocol link frames and Modbus errors.
Table 115: TCP/IP diagnostic counters
Counter Description
Received frames Total amount of received Modbus frames.
Transmitted frames Total amount of transmitted Modbus responses.
Transmitted Exc Total amount of exception responses 1 and 2.
A These exception responses usually reveal configuration errors on the
Modbus client’s side.
Transmitted Exc Total amount of exception responses 3.
B These exceptions reveal the application level rejections.
TCP connection status Shows the value "Green" via LED on WHMI, if TCP/IP instance is in use.
A Modbus client has connected to the TCP socket and Modbus TCP
messages are received regularly. In all other cases, it shows the value "Red"
via a LED.

The counters and status are reset when the client makes a TCP socket disconnection
or if the live TCP socket connection times out.

7.1.5 Common Modbus TCP/IP diagnostic counters

Table 116: TCP/IP diagnostic counters (client independent)
Counter Description
CnReject No sockets Amount of connection requests rejected due to unavailable TCP sockets
CnReject Not reg Amount of connection requests rejected since the client is not registered

7.1.6 Supported Modbus function codes

Table 117: Function codes supported by RIO600
Function code Name Description
01 Read coil status Reads the status of discrete outputs
02 Read digital input status Reads the status of discrete inputs
03 Read holding registers Reads the contents of output registers
04 Read input registers Reads the contents of input registers
05 Force single coil Sets the status of a discrete output
06 Preset single register Sets the value of a holding register
08 sub Diagnostics: Request query The data in the query data field is returned (looped
function code data back) in the response. The entire response is
00 identical to the query.

172 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Table 118: Exception codes supported by RIO600

Function code Name Description
01 Illegal function The slave does not support the requested
function.
02 Illegal data address The slave does not support the data address or the
number of items in the query if incorrect.
03 Illegal data value A value contained in the query data field is out of
range.
04 Slave device failure An un-recoverable error occurred while the server
(or slave) was attempting to perform the requested
action.

7.1.7 Modbus data implementation

RIO600 is internally modelled according to IEC 61850 standard. The Modbus
protocol is implemented on top of this model. However, not all features of the IEC
61850 data model are available through the Modbus interface.

The Modbus protocol standard defines one-bit digital data and 16-bit register data as
RTU application data alternatives. The protocol does not define how this protocol
application data should be used by an application.

7.1.8 Change events and time synchronization

The Modbus standard does not define event reporting or time synchronization
procedures. Proprietary solutions are introduced in RIO600 to support these
functionalities and are depicted later in this document.

7.1.9 Control operations

The Modbus standard defines data types 0X for coils and 4X for holding registers to
be used for control operations. RIO600 supports both data types.

7.1.10 Application data compatibility

RIO600 is designed to operate with a wide range of Modbus masters spanning from
industrial PLCs to substation SCADA devices. The application solutions have been
chosen to achieve the highest possible level of compatibility with the systems.
• Application data is readable in many different Modbus memory areas while
digital data is readable as bits or packed bits in registers.
• Addressing the application data in the documentation and tools follows the
Modbus addressing principle, where the base address 0 is used.

RIO600 173
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.1.11 Data mapping principles

Modbus data is organized sequentially. This is the most efficient organization method
since the master normally scans the Modbus data in blocks.

7.1.12 Default data organization

The available Modbus data in RIO600 is always mapped to a Modbus location. The
Modbus points that are pre-mapped are only cached from the application by the stack
when there is a read poll for the corresponding data point.

7.1.13 Data in monitoring direction

All data in the monitoring direction is available through the 3X and 4X memory areas.
This includes the digital indication data which is also readable in the 1X and 0X areas.
All register structures are located in the 4X area. The Modbus data may contain empty
bits or registers within the sequential data areas. These bits and registers are intended
for possible future expansion. Reading this data does not result in any Modbus
exception response. The value in these bits or registers is always zero.

7.1.14 One-bit data mapping

All one-bit data is readable either from the 0X or 1X memory area. The Modbus bit
point addresses are similar regardless of the memory area. The same one-bit data can
also be read either from the 3X or the 4X area. In this case, the bit values are packed
into 16 bit 3X and 4X registers. Controls and set points are mapped to Modbus 0X data
(coils). Only one coil can be operated at a time. Some control bits are packed bits in
the 4X control register structures.

7.1.15 Digital input data

As the indication signals related to fault detection applications often change rapidly,
the Modbus master may not detect all the changes. The Modbus protocol
implementation in RIO600 supports the latching concept for binary input data points.
The Binary Input Read Method, found under Parameter Setting in PCM600, can be
configured either as "Instantaneous" or "Latched".

In instantaneous mode, the Modbus master receives the latest values of binary data
points for every read poll. In latched mode, the Modbus master receives the first
changed value of the corresponding data point since the last read poll has been made
for the same data point. The actual present value is reported in the next read poll.

In this way, a missed event between data polls can be detected. The latching concept
is applicable only for all the binary channels of DIM module, all the binary readable
points of SIM8F/SIM4F module and all the binary channels of SCM module for the
4I4O application type.

174 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Modbus query for a

Binary Data point X

Instantaneous Is the mode

Latched
Latched or
Instantaneous?

Was there a change

in the value of the
No Binary data point X
since the last poll
made by the Modbus
master for this data Yes
point?

Use the latest

Use the latched value
instantaneous value

GUID-0CA80B7D-0544-473D-9452-419F25C5D4FF V1 EN

Figure 89: Latching mechanism for reading binary input data

7.1.16 Measurand registers

The Modbus measurands are located in the Modbus register area. The measurands are
readable from 3X and 4X areas from the same register addresses. The Modbus
measurands derive from the IEC 61850 filtered measurand values. Modbus register
values are always in integer format. Since the internal IEC 61850 values are
represented as decimal numbers, the Modbus stack needs to scale these values to
integer format. Thus, a scale factor always exists for each Modbus register value and
the same is mentioned against each Modbus addressable data point in the Modbus
point list manual.

7.1.17 Register value update

The Modbus register values can be updated in different ways. The update method is
predefined and fixed.

• The Modbus register values are available so that the Modbus stack directly reads
the momentary value of the mapped source object. These values are never cached
in the Modbus database. They are only fetched from the source object at the time
of the Modbus client reading. Most of the registers are mapped in this way.
• If the binary input read mode is latched, the Modbus stack reads the value cached
in the Modbus database, in case there is a change in value of the queried binary
input data point since its last poll.

RIO600 175
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.1.18 Primary values

Measurands originating from sensor measurements can be obtained from RIO600 in
only one way. They can be viewed as primary values. The primary values are
represented internally as decimal numbers. The primary units are [A] for current and
[kV] for voltage.

For each of these values mapped to the Modbus address, a scale factor is associated for
each of the values mapped to the Modbus address. The measurands are sent over two
Modbus registers using 32 bits for each measurand value. The Modbus master must
use the scale factor associated with each of these data points (mentioned in the point
list) and divide the value received over Modbus with the scale factor of that
measurand. For example, a value of 23.33 with a scale factor of 1000 is sent as 23330
to the Modbus master.

7.1.19 Register size

In most cases, the channel values of counters RTD4 and AOM4 are located in single
16-bit registers. In some cases, the measurands for SIM8F/SIM4F module are located
in two consecutive registers forming a single 32-bit integer value. The 32-bit value is
always coded so that the high word part, that is, the higher 16 bits, is located first in this
register address. The low word part, that is, the lower 16 bits, is always in the next
register address. Register sizes and types are stated in the Modbus memory map list.

7.1.20 Control operations

RIO600 outputs can be controlled either through the 0X coil objects or 4X holding
register control structures. See the Modbus control objects' memory map for the
available control objects. The control objects in RIO600 are single point control
objects. Single point control objects can be either pulse outputs or persistent outputs.

The Modbus client should only write "1" to the pulse outputs. This write operation
activates the control operation and there is no need for the Modbus client to write "0"
to the object. However, writing "0" is not forbidden. The result is that nothing happens
to the control object. The Modbus client can write both "1" and "0" to the persistent
outputs. Therefore, the persistent outputs have two defined levels: "0" and "1".

7.1.21 Control functions

The output objects are controlled one at a time. RIO600 accepts only functions 05
(force single coil) when the 0X coils control structure is used for the control operation.
The same can also be handled using the 4X register writes, that is, by using the feature
called direct control. The IED's analog output can be written only through function
code 06 (write single register).

RIO600 accepts force single coil (function code 05) when the 0X coil control structure
is used and write single register (function code 06) when the 4X register control

176 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

structure is used for the control operation. Analog output of RIO600 can be written
only by using the write single register function.

7.1.22 Exception codes

Only a few exception code alternatives exist for the write coil and write register
requests in Modbus. If the write permission has not been provided for the client to
write a value to either binary or analog outputs, RIO600 does not consider the write
request but responds with an exception code for the respective operation.

7.1.23 System status register

SSR1
The device health status SSR1 register is located at 3X/4X address 0. The bits in SSR1
give an overview of the RIO600 health.
Table 119: System status register 1 (Device health status)
Bit Value Description
0 0 = Healthy LECM warning
1 = Warning or error
1 0 = Healthy LECM error
1 = Warning or error
2 0 = Healthy Module 1 health
1 = Warning or error
3 0 = Healthy Module 2 health
1 = Warning or error
4 0 = Healthy Module 3 health
1 = Warning or error
5 0 = Healthy Module 4 health
1 = Warning or error
6 0 = Healthy Module 5 health
1 = Warning or error
7 0 = Healthy Module 6 health
1 = Warning or error
8 0 = Healthy Module 7 health
1 = Warning or error
9 0 = Healthy Module 8 health
1 = Warning or error
10 0 = Healthy Module 9 health
1 = Warning or error
11 0 = Healthy Module 10 health
1 = Warning or error
12 0 = Healthy -
1 = UPS power failure
13 0 = Remote -
1 = Local
14 - -
15 - -

RIO600 177
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

SSR2
The device alive counter SSR2 register is located at 3X/4X address 01. SSR2 counts
upwards from 0 to 65535 and starts over. The meaning of this register is to assure that
the device is actually operating.

7.1.24 Module information

The 3X/4X Modbus address range 16...26 is reserved for providing the module
identification values to the Modbus master or client. The 3X/4X register address 16
should indicate the presence of LECM and the addresses 17...26 should display the
information about Module 1...10 respectively.
Table 120: Module identification for RIO600
Module name Module identifier value reported to Modbus master
DOM4 66
DIM8H/DIM8L 67
RTD4 68
AOM4 69
SIM8F 70
SIM4F 72
SCMH/SCM8L 71
LECM 76

The Modbus master can be informed about the RIO600 stack configuration by polling
for the addresses corresponding to the Module identification address range.

For example, in a RIO600 stack with the configuration LECM-DIM8H-DIM8L-

DOM4-RTD4, the addresses 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 show the values 76, 67, 67, 66 and
68 respectively.

7.1.25 Modbus time synchronization

RIO600’s internal UTC time structure can be synchronized using the Modbus time
synch implementation. For this, Synch source should be set as “Modbus” in the
parameter settings for LECM. The time sent by the time synch source (Modbus
master) must be in UTC format.

3X/4X register addresses 8...13 can be read in a 3X/4X read poll to retrieve the time
stored in RIO600’s internal time structures. Using 4X register addresses 8...13, a
Modbus master or client can synchronize RIO600’s time by writing the appropriate
values to these addresses. When RIO600 time is synchronized, that is, all the time
elements are updated with the proper values, the LECM’s time synch warning is
turned off and the time synch status in WHMI indicates “Good”.

178 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

• If any of the time element has not been updated, the time synch warning is turned
on and the time synch status in WHMI indicates “Bad”.
• If the value written in a time element is out of the acceptable value range for the
corresponding time element, the particular time element’s value is not updated
and an exception code 4 is sent to the Modbus client.
• If the Modbus master/client disconnects from RIO600, a time sync warning is
raised again in LECM and the time sync status in WHMI indicates “Bad”.
• If Modbus time sync command has not been received from the Modbus master/
client for a minimum time period of half an hour, a time sync warning is raised
again in LECM and the time sync status in WHMI indicates “Bad”.

Table 121: Time synchronization in RIO600

Modbus Attribute name Information Scale factor Data type More
address information
(in decimal) (Valid range)
8 Time synchronisation Year 1 Unsigned 16 2000...9999
9 Time synchronisation Month 1 Unsigned 16 1...12
10 Time synchronisation Day 1 Unsigned 16 1...31
11 Time synchronisation Hour 1 Unsigned 16 0...23
12 Time synchronisation Minute 1 Unsigned 16 0...59
13 Time synchronisation Seconds 1 Unsigned 16 0...59

7.1.26 Parameter settings

Modbus communication needs to be enabled via the PCM600 path Configuration/
Station communication/MODBUS. The station communication parameters need to
be set to use Modbus communication in RIO600.
Table 122: Station communication parameters for Modbus
Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description
Modbus operation ON/OFF - Off Select “ON” to enable Modbus
communication with client.
Modbus connection 1...100 Sec 10 If there is no request from other client
timeout within this timeout, RIO600 closes
the TCP connection.
TCP Client Modbus ON/OFF - Off Select “ON” to enable Modbus
operation communication with the client.
Slave ID 1...254 - - Slave ID of RIO600
Client IP - - 000.000.000 IP address of the Modbus client
.000
Binary input read Latched - Latched Binary input signal information is
method stored until a Modbus request
command is received.
- Instantaneo - - The current binary signal information
us would be provided to the client upon
request.
Table continues on next page

RIO600 179
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Parameter name Range Unit Default value Description

Binary Output Write Allowed - Not allowed Binary output should be allowed to
be operated irrespective of the
GOOSE communication.
- Not allowed - - -
Analog Output Write Allowed Not allowed Analog output should be allowed to
be operated irrespective of the
GOOSE communication.
- Not allowed - - -

Modbus slave in RIO600 communicates with one master and the IP address of the
Modbus master is configurable through PCM600.

• If a Modbus request comes from an unregistered master (the master's IP address

differs from the one configured in PCM600 or RIO600 has not been configured
with a zero IP address), RIO600 Modbus slave does not connect to the
unregistered master/client and the master/client status LED on WHMI remains
red.
• If a Modbus master’s IP address is correct (the masters' IP address is identical
with the one configured in PCM600 or RIO600 has been configured with a zero
IP address), the Master status LED in WHMI turns green. However, the RIO600
Modbus slave still searches for the Slave ID in the Modbus master’s request.
• If the slave ID is not identical with the one configured in PCM600, the RIO600
Modbus slave does not respond to the Modbus master’s poll request even if it is
in connected state with the master.

For the RIO600 Modbus slave to respond to a master's request, the IP addresses of
both the master and the slave ID must be the same as configured in PCM600 or
RIO600 must be configured with a zero IP address (default IP address) and the slave
ID should be the same as configured in PCM600.

The moment the RIO600 slave is connected to a Modbus master, Connection timeout
parameter comes into consideration.

If the duration of inactivity between the RIO600 Modbus slave and the connected
Master reaches the connection timeout value configured through PCM600, the
RIO600 Modbus slave is disconnected from the master and the WHMI status LED
turns red. To establish further communication between RIO600 Modbus slave and
Modbus Master, the master has to reconnect to the RIO600 Modbus slave. For
RIO600 Modbus slave to communicate with Modbus Master, the Modbus operation
and TCP Client operation must be “ON”.

• If the binary input read method is set to “Instantaneous”, the RIO600 Modbus
slave responds with the instantaneous or real-time values for a Modbus poll that
requests the status of binary input channels of the DIM8 H or DIM8 L module and

180 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

the binary input readable points, that is points mentioned in the point list, of the
SIM8F/SIM4F module and the SCM module of 4I4O application type.
• If the binary input read method is set to “Latched”, the RIO600 Modbus slave
responds with the first status change value between the polls for a Modbus poll
that requests the status of binary input channels of the DIM8 H or DIM8 L module
and the binary input readable points of the SIM8F/SIM4F module and the SCM
module of 4I4O application type. For example, if the value for a particular binary
input changes from status "0" to status "1" between two consecutive Modbus
polls and then back to status "0", the RIO600 Modbus shows value "1" to the
Modbus master. The value here is latched to the first status change between the
polls.
• If the binary output write is set to “Not Allowed” and the Modbus master tries to
write a value to either DOM channels, SIM8F/SIM4F’s or SCM’s writeable
channels, this results in exception code 4.
• If the analog output write is set to “Not Allowed” and the Modbus master tries to
write a value to either AOM channels, this results in exception code 4.
• If the time synch source is not selected as “Modbus” and the Modbus master tries
to write a value to the time registers, an exception code 4 is sent from the RIO600
Modbus slave to the Modbus master.

7.1.27 Module reserved channel concept

Keeping the future expansion in consideration, RIO600 Modbus implementation
reserves a few channel numbers.

7.1.28 RTD range information

RIO600 Modbus implementation can be used to retrieve the range information for
each of the RTD channels. Modbus address 704 onwards can be used in a 3X/4X read
poll to retrieve the range information of any RTD channel present in the stack. Table
123 shows the manner in which the RTD range information for RTD channels should
be interpreted.
Table 123: Reporting of RTD range information
Range Value reported
normal 0
high 1
low 2
high high 3
low low 4

In case a channel is reserved for future use, value “0” should be

reported for it.

RIO600 181
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.1.29 Reporting reserved addresses

Considering RIO600 expansion, the Modbus point list depicts several addresses
reserved for future use. In the current implementation, if a 3X/4X read poll is made for
a Modbus address which is reserved for future use, the value “0” is reported to the
Modbus master. The Modbus master must be able to poll for a maximum number of
data points in one single poll and it should not return an exception in case a reserved
address region falls between two unreserved or currently assigned Modbus address
regions. However, during a write poll (4X), if a Modbus master is trying to write the
value to a Modbus address which is reserved for future use, an exception is returned
to the Modbus master.
Table 124: Correlation between the function code and address range
Module Data type 0X 1X 3X 4X
name
Readable Writeable Readable Writeable Readable Writeable Readable Writeable
(FC 01) (FC 05) (FC 02) (FC 04) (FC 03) (FC 06)
DOM4 Boolean Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes
DIM8H/ Boolean No No Yes No Yes No Yes No
DIM8L
RTD4 Signed 16 No No No No Yes No Yes No
bit channel
status
informatio
n
Channel No No No No Yes No Yes No
range
informatio
n
(unsigned
16)
AOM4 Signed 16 No No No No Yes No Yes Yes
bit channel
status
informatio
n
SIM8F/ Readable No No Yes No Yes No Yes No
SIM4F data
Boolean
Writeable Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes
data
Boolean
Signed 32 No No No No Yes No Yes No
bit Analog
data and
Signed 16
bit enum
SCM Boolean Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes
SSR SSR1 and No No No No Yes No Yes No
SSR 2
unsigned
16 bit
informatio
n
Table continues on next page

182 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Module Data type 0X 1X 3X 4X

name
Module Unsigned No No No No Yes No Yes No
informatio 16 bit
n informatio
n
Time Unsigned No No No No Yes No Yes Yes
Synchroni 16 bit
zation informatio
n
Supervisio Unsigned No No No No Yes No Yes No
n Data 16 bit
informatio
n

7.1.30 Function code and addressing region mapping

Table 125: Correlation between the function code and address range
Module name Data type 1X 3X 4X
Readable Writeable Readable Writeable Readable Writeable Readable Writeable
(FC 01) (FC 05) (FC 02) (FC 04) (FC 03) (FC 06)
DOM4 Boolean Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes
DIM8H/DIM8L Boolean No No Yes No Yes No Yes No
RTD4 Signed 16 bit
channel status
information No No No No Yes No Yes No
Channel range
information
(unsigned 16) No No No No Yes No Yes No
AOM4 Signed 16 bit
channel status
information No No No No Yes No Yes Yes
SIM8F/SIM4F Readable data
Boolean No No Yes No Yes No Yes No
Writeable data
Boolean Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes
Signed 32 bit
Analog data and
Signed 16 bit
enum No No No No Yes No Yes No
SSR SSR1 and SSR 2
unsigned 16 bit
information No No No No Yes No Yes No
Module Unsigned 16 bit
information information No No No No Yes No Yes No
Time Unsigned 16 bit
Synchronization information No No No No Yes No Yes Yes
Supervision Data Unsigned 16 bit
information No No No No Yes No Yes No

RIO600 183
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2 Modbus point list

Modbus data points and structures available in RIO600 modules are described here.
Some of the addresses are reserved and unused, that is, data points always return value
“0” when they are read.

There are two alternatives for Modbus addressing. PLC addressing starts from address
1 while regular Modbus addressing starts from 0. For example, in PLC addressing a
holding register address 234 can be referred to either as 4X register 234 or as 40234.
Similarly, regular Modbus addressing at 234 can be referred to either as 4X register
233 or as 40233.

Modbus addresses in the documentation follow regular Modbus

addressing scheme with addresses starting from 0. For PLC based
addressing scheme the regular Modbus data addresses should be
incremented by one.

Modbus point list can be exported from the connectivity package.

7.2.1 SSR1 System status register (1) device health

System status register address provides information about the health status of the
RIO600 system and all individual modules present in its stack. It also provides status
of the UPS power failure and local/remote mode.
Table 126: SSR1 System status register (1) device health
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
0 Bit LECM Warning 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.01 Bit LECM Error 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.02 Bit Module 1 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.03 Bit Module 2 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.04 Bit Module 3 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.05 Bit Module 4 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
Table continues on next page

184 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

0.06 Bit Module 5 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.07 Bit Module 6 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.08 Bit Module 7 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.09 Bit Module 8 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.1 Bit Module 9 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.11 Bit Module 10 Health 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.12 Bit UPS Power Failure Status 0 = Ok,
1 = Warning
or error
0.13 Bit Local/Remote Mode Status 0 = Remote,
1 = Local
0.14 Bit <reserved> 0
0.15 Bit <reserved> 0

7.2.2 SSR2 System status register (2) device alive register

This register provides information about the Modbus device alive counter.
Table 127: SSR2 System status register (2) device alive register
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
1 u16 1 Device Alive Counter 0...65535

7.2.3 Time synchronization

RIO600 time can be synchronized with the Modbus client by writing to the register
addresses in Table 20. The time can also be read from the same register addresses.
Table 128: Time synchronization
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
8 u16 1 Year 2000...2999
9 u16 1 Month 1...12
10 u16 1 Day 1...31
11 u16 1 Hour 0...23
12 u16 1 Minute 0...59
13 u16 1 Second 0...59

RIO600 185
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.4 Module identification

RIO600 modules can be identified with following register addresses. This
information can be useful to identify the information about modules connected on the
stack.
Table 129: Module identification
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values1)
16 u16 1 LECM Module Identification DOM = 66
DIM8 = 67
17 u16 1 Module 1 Identification RTD = 68
18 u16 1 Module 2 Identification AOM = 69
SIM8F = 70
19 u16 1 Module 3 Identification SIM4F = 72
SCM = 71
20 u16 1 Module 4 Identification
LECM = 76
21 u16 1 Module 5 Identification
22 u16 1 Module 6 Identification
23 u16 1 Module 7 Identification
24 u16 1 Module 8 Identification
25 u16 1 Module 9 Identification
26 u16 1 Module 10 Identification

1) Modbus master can be informed about the RIO600 stack configuration by polling for the addresses corresponding to the module
identification address range

7.2.5 LD0.DIM8GGIO/LD0.DIM8LGGIO physical I/O states

Status of binary input information can be accessed using the following addresses of
DIM8H/DIM8L module.
Table 130: LD0.DIM8GGIO/LD0.DIM8LGGIO physical I/O states
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DIM8GGIO1/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO1
0 32.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
1 32.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
2 32.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
3 32.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
4 32.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
5 32.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
6 32.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
7 32.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 1-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
8 32.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
9 32.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
10 32.1 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

186 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

11 32.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
12 32.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
13 32.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
14 32.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
15 32.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO2/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO2
16 33.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
17 33.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
18 33.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
19 33.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
20 33.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
21 33.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
22 33.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
23 33.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 2-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
24 33.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
25 33.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
26 33.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
27 33.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
28 33.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
29 33.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
30 33.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
31 33.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO3/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO3
32 34.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
33 34.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
34 34.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
35 34.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
36 34.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
37 34.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
38 34.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
39 34.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 3-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
40 34.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
41 34.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
42 34.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
43 34.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
44 34.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
45 34.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
46 34.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

RIO600 187
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

47 34.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO4/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO4
48 35.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
49 35.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
50 35.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
52 35.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
53 35.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
54 35.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
55 35.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 4-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
56 35.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
57 35.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
58 35.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
59 35.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
60 35.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
61 35.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
62 35.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
63 35.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO5/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO5
64 36.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
65 36.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
66 36.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
67 36.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
68 36.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
69 36.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
70 36.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
71 36.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 5-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
72 36.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
73 36.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
74 36.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
75 36.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
76 36.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
77 36.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
78 36.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
79 36.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO6/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO6
80 37.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
81 37.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
82 37.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
Table continues on next page

188 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

83 37.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
84 37.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
85 37.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
86 37.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
87 37.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 6-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
88 37.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
89 37.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
90 37.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
91 37.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
92 37.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
93 37.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
94 37.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
95 37.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO7/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO7
96 38.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
97 38.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
98 38.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
99 38.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
100 38.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
101 38.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
102 38.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
103 38.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 7-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
104 38.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
105 38.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
106 38.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
107 38.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
108 38.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
109 38.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
110 38.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
111 38.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO8/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO8
112 39.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
113 39.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
114 39.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
115 39.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
116 39.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
117 39.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
118 39.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
Table continues on next page

RIO600 189
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

119 39.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 8-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
120 39.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
121 39.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
122 39.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
123 39.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
124 39.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
125 39.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
126 39.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
127 39.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO9/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO9
128 40.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
129 40.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
130 40.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
131 40.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
132 40.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
133 40.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
134 40.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
135 40.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 9-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
136 40.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
137 40.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
138 40.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
139 40.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
140 40.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
141 40.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
142 40.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
143 40.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DIM8GGIO10/
LD0.DIM8LGGIO10
144 41.00 .Ind1.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 1 State 0/1=Off/On
145 41.01 .Ind2.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 2 State 0/1=Off/On
146 41.02 .Ind3.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 3 State 0/1=Off/On
147 41.03 .Ind4.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 4 State 0/1=Off/On
148 41.04 .Ind5.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 5 State 0/1=Off/On
149 41.05 .Ind6.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 6 State 0/1=Off/On
150 41.06 .Ind7.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 7 State 0/1=Off/On
151 41.07 .Ind8.stVal DIM8H 10-Input 8 State 0/1=Off/On
152 41.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
153 41.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
154 41.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

190 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

155 41.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
156 41.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
157 41.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
158 41.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
159 41.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off

7.2.6 LD0.DOMGGIO physical I/O states

The binary output (DOM4) module can be accessed with the addresses listed in Table
131.
Table 131: LD0.DOMGGIO physical I/O states
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DOMGGIO1
256 48.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 1-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
257 48.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 1-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
258 48.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 1-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
259 48.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 1-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
260 48.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
261 48.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
262 48.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
263 48.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
264 48.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
265 48.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
266 48.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
267 48.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
268 48.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
269 48.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
270 48.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
271 48.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO2
272 49.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 2-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
273 49.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 2-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
274 49.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 2-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
275 49.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 2-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
276 49.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
277 49.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
278 49.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
279 49.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
280 49.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

RIO600 191
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

281 49.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
282 49.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
283 49.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
284 49.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
285 49.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
286 49.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
287 49.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO3
288 50.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 3-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
289 50.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 3-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
290 50.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 3-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
291 50.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 3-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
292 50.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
293 50.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
294 50.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
295 50.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
296 50.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
297 50.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
298 50.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
299 50.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
300 50.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
301 50.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
302 50.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
303 50.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO4
304 51.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 4-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
305 51.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 4-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
306 51.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 4-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
307 51.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 4-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
308 51.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
309 51.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
310 51.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
311 51.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
312 51.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
313 51.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
314 51.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
315 51.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
316 51.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
317 51.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

192 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

318 51.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
319 51.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO5
320 52.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 5-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
321 52.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 5-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
322 52.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 5-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
323 52.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 5-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
324 52.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
325 52.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
326 52.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
327 52.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
328 52.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
329 52.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
330 52.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
331 52.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
332 52.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
333 52.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
334 52.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
335 52.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO6
336 53.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 6-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
337 53.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 6-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
338 53.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 6-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
339 53.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 6-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
340 53.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
341 53.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
342 53.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
343 53.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
344 53.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
345 53.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
346 53.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
347 53.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
348 53.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
349 53.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
350 53.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
351 53.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO7
352 54.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 7-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
353 54.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 7-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
Table continues on next page

RIO600 193
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

354 54.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 7-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
355 54.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 7-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
356 54.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
357 54.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
358 54.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
359 54.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
360 54.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
361 54.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
362 54.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
363 54.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
364 54.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
365 54.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
366 54.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
367 54.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO8
368 55.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 8-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
369 55.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 8-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
370 55.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 8-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
371 55.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 8-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
372 55.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
373 55.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
374 55.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
375 55.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
376 55.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
377 55.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
378 55.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
379 55.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
380 55.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
381 55.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
382 55.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
383 55.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO9
384 56.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 9-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
385 56.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 9-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
386 56.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 9-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
387 56.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 9-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
388 56.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
389 56.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
390 56.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
Table continues on next page

194 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

391 56.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
392 56.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
393 56.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
394 56.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
395 56.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
396 56.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
397 56.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
398 56.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
399 56.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
LD0.DOMGGIO10
400 57.00 .SPCSO1.stVal DOM 10-Output 1 State 0/1=Off/On
401 57.01 .SPCSO2.stVal DOM 10-Output 2 State 0/1=Off/On
402 57.02 .SPCSO3.stVal DOM 10-Output 3 State 0/1=Off/On
403 57.03 .SPCSO4.stVal DOM 10-Output 4 State 0/1=Off/On
404 57.04 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
405 57.05 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
406 57.06 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
407 57.07 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
408 57.08 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
409 57.09 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
410 57.10 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
411 57.11 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
412 57.12 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
413 57.13 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
414 57.14 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off
415 57.15 <reserved> <reserved> 0=Off

7.2.7 LD0.RTDGGIO physical I/O values

RTD/mA input (RTD4) module can be accessed with addresses listed in Table 132.

RIO600 195
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Table 132: LD0.RTDGGIO physical I/O values

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.RTDGGIO1 16 Bit Signed Integer
64 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 1-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
65 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 1-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
66 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 1-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
67 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 1-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
68 <reserved> <reserved> 0
69 <reserved> <reserved> 0
70 <reserved> <reserved> 0
71 <reserved> <reserved> 0
72 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 1-Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
73 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 1-Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
74 <reserved> <reserved> 0
75 <reserved> <reserved> 0
76 <reserved> <reserved> 0
77 <reserved> <reserved> 0
78 <reserved> <reserved> 0
79 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO2
80 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 2-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
81 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 2-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
82 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 2-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
83 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 2-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
84 <reserved> <reserved> 0
85 <reserved> <reserved> 0
86 <reserved> <reserved> 0
87 <reserved> <reserved> 0
Table continues on next page

196 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

88 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 2- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
89 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 2- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
90 <reserved> <reserved> 0
91 <reserved> <reserved> 0
92 <reserved> <reserved> 0
93 <reserved> <reserved> 0
94 <reserved> <reserved> 0
95 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO3
96 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 3-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
97 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 3-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
98 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 3-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
99 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 3-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
100 <reserved> <reserved> 0
101 <reserved> <reserved> 0
102 <reserved> <reserved> 0
103 <reserved> <reserved> 0
104 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 3- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
105 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 3- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
106 <reserved> <reserved> 0
107 <reserved> <reserved> 0
108 <reserved> <reserved> 0
109 <reserved> <reserved> 0
110 <reserved> <reserved> 0
111 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO4
Table continues on next page

RIO600 197
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

112 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 4-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
113 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 4-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
114 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 4-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
115 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 4-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
116 <reserved> <reserved> 0
117 <reserved> <reserved> 0
118 <reserved> <reserved> 0
119 <reserved> <reserved> 0
120 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 4- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
121 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 4- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
122 <reserved> <reserved> 0
123 <reserved> <reserved> 0
124 <reserved> <reserved> 0
125 <reserved> <reserved> 0
126 <reserved> <reserved> 0
127 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO5
128 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 5-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
129 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 5-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
130 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 5-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
131 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 5-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
132 <reserved> <reserved> 0
133 <reserved> <reserved> 0
134 <reserved> <reserved> 0
135 <reserved> <reserved> 0
136 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 5- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
Table continues on next page

198 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

137 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 5- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
138 <reserved> <reserved> 0
139 <reserved> <reserved> 0
140 <reserved> <reserved> 0
141 <reserved> <reserved> 0
142 <reserved> <reserved> 0
143 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO6
144 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 6-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
145 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 6-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
146 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 6-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
147 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 6-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
148 <reserved> <reserved> 0
149 <reserved> <reserved> 0
150 <reserved> <reserved> 0
151 <reserved> <reserved> 0
152 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 6- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
153 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 6- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
154 <reserved> <reserved> 0
155 <reserved> <reserved> 0
156 <reserved> <reserved> 0
157 <reserved> <reserved> 0
158 <reserved> <reserved> 0
159 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO7
Table continues on next page

RIO600 199
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

160 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 7-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
161 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 7-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
162 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 7-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
163 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 7-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
164 <reserved> <reserved> 0
165 <reserved> <reserved> 0
166 <reserved> <reserved> 0
167 <reserved> <reserved> 0
168 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 7- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
169 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 7- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
170 <reserved> <reserved> 0
171 <reserved> <reserved> 0
172 <reserved> <reserved> 0
173 <reserved> <reserved> 0
174 <reserved> <reserved> 0
175 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO8
176 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 8-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
177 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 8-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
178 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 8-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
179 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 8-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
180 <reserved> <reserved> 0
181 <reserved> <reserved> 0
182 <reserved> <reserved> 0
183 <reserved> <reserved> 0
184 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 8- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
Table continues on next page

200 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

185 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 8- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
186 <reserved> <reserved> 0
187 <reserved> <reserved> 0
188 <reserved> <reserved> 0
189 <reserved> <reserved> 0
190 <reserved> <reserved> 0
191 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO9
192 Value reported with a scale .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 9-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "1" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as dimensionless
193 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 9-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
when channel configured as [mA]/-10000...100001)
either mA or RTD
194 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 9-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
195 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 9-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
196 <reserved> <reserved> 0
197 <reserved> <reserved> 0
198 <reserved> <reserved> 0
199 <reserved> <reserved> 0
200 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 9- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
201 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 9- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
202 <reserved> <reserved> 0
203 <reserved> <reserved> 0
204 <reserved> <reserved> 0
205 <reserved> <reserved> 0
206 <reserved> <reserved> 0
207 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.RTDGGIO1
0
Table continues on next page

RIO600 201
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

208 Value reported to user with a .AnIn1.mag.f RTD 10-Channel 1 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
scale factor of "1" when [mA]/-10000...100001)
channel configured as
209 dimensionless and with a scale .AnIn2.mag.f RTD 10-Channel 2 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
factor of "100" when channel [mA]/-10000...100001)
configured as either mA or
210 .AnIn3.mag.f RTD 10-Channel 3 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
RTD
[mA]/-10000...100001)
211 .AnIn4.mag.f RTD 10-Channel 4 Input Value -40...200 [°C]/0.0...20.0
[mA]/-10000...100001)
212 <reserved> <reserved> 0
213 <reserved> <reserved> 0
214 <reserved> <reserved> 0
215 <reserved> <reserved> 0
216 .AnIn1.range/.An RTD 10- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In2.range Channel - 2 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
217 .AnIn3.range/.An RTD 10- Channel Range Information Normal – 0;
In4.range Channel - 4 (High Byte) High – 1;
Channel - 3 (Low Byte) Low – 2;
High High – 3;
Low Low – 4;
218 <reserved> <reserved> 0
219 <reserved> <reserved> 0
220 <reserved> <reserved> 0
221 <reserved> <reserved> 0
222 <reserved> <reserved> 0
223 <reserved> <reserved> 0

1) As per the configuration

7.2.8 LD0.RTDGGIO RTD channel range information

RTD input channel range information can be accessed with addresses listed in the
table.

202 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Table 133: LD0.RTDGGIO RTD channel range information

Reg A Type Scale IEC61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.RTDGGIO1 RTD-1
704 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range Normal = 0
Information High = 1
Channel - 2 (High Byte) Low = 2
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) High High = 3
Low Low = 4
705 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO2 RTD-2
712 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 2 (High Byte)
Channel - 1 (Low Byte)
713 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO3 RTD-3
720 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range Normal = 0
Information High = 1
Channel - 2 (High Byte) Low = 2
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) High High = 3
Low Low = 4
721 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO4 RTD-4
728 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 2 (High Byte)
Channel - 1 (Low Byte)
729 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO5 RTD-5
Table continues on next page

RIO600 203
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC61850 name SA name Description Values

736 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range Normal = 0
Information High = 1
Channel - 2 (High Byte) Low = 2
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) High High = 3
Low Low = 4
737 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO6 RTD-6
744 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 2 (High Byte)
Channel - 1 (Low Byte)
745 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO7 RTD-7
752 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range Normal = 0
Information High = 1
Channel - 2 (High Byte) Low = 2
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) High High = 3
Low Low = 4
753 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO8 RTD-8
760 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 2 (High Byte)
Channel - 1 (Low Byte)
761 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO9 RTD-9
Table continues on next page

204 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC61850 name SA name Description Values

768 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range Normal = 0
Information High = 1
Channel - 2 (High Byte) Low = 2
Channel - 1 (Low Byte) High High = 3
Low Low = 4
769 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

LD0.RTDGGIO10 RTD-10
776 u16 1 .AnIn1.range / .AnIn2.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 2 (High Byte)
Channel - 1 (Low Byte)
777 u16 1 .AnIn3.range / .AnIn4.range RTD Channel Range
Information
Channel - 4 (High Byte)
Channel - 3 (Low Byte)

7.2.9 LD0.AOMGGIO physical I/O values

mA output (AOM4) module information can be accessed with the addresses listed in
the table.
Table 134: LD0.AOMGGIO physical I/O values
Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.AOMGGIO1 16 bit signed Integer
224 Value reported with a scale .AnOut1.mxVal.f AOM 1-Channel 1 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
factor of "1" when channel -32768...+327681)
configured as dimensionless
225 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnOut2.mxVal.f AOM 1-Channel 2 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
when channel configured as -32768...+327681)
mA
226 .AnOut3.mxVal.f AOM 1-Channel 3 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
227 .AnOut4.mxVal.f AOM 1-Channel 4 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
228 <reserved> <reserved> 0
229 <reserved> <reserved> 0
230 <reserved> <reserved> 0
231 <reserved> <reserved> 0
232 <reserved> <reserved> 0
233 <reserved> <reserved> 0
234 <reserved> <reserved> 0
235 <reserved> <reserved> 0
236 <reserved> <reserved> 0
237 <reserved> <reserved> 0
238 <reserved> <reserved> 0
Table continues on next page

RIO600 205
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

239 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.AOMGGIO2
240 Value reported with a scale .AnOut1.mxVal.f AOM 2-Channel 1 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
factor of "1" when channel -32768...+327681)
configured as dimensionless
241 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnOut2.mxVal.f AOM 2-Channel 2 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
when channel configured as -32768...+327681)
mA
242 .AnOut3.mxVal.f AOM 2-Channel 3 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
243 .AnOut4.mxVal.f AOM 2-Channel 4 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
244 <reserved> <reserved> 0
245 <reserved> <reserved> 0
246 <reserved> <reserved> 0
247 <reserved> <reserved> 0
248 <reserved> <reserved> 0
249 <reserved> <reserved> 0
250 <reserved> <reserved> 0
251 <reserved> <reserved> 0
252 <reserved> <reserved> 0
253 <reserved> <reserved> 0
254 <reserved> <reserved> 0
255 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.AOMGGIO3
256 Value reported with a scale .AnOut1.mxVal.f AOM 3-Channel 1 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
factor of "1" when channel -32768...+327681)
configured as dimensionless
257 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnOut2.mxVal.f AOM 3-Channel 2 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
when channel configured as -32768...+327681)
mA
258 .AnOut3.mxVal.f AOM 3-Channel 3 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
259 .AnOut4.mxVal.f AOM 3-Channel 4 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
260 <reserved> <reserved> 0
261 <reserved> <reserved> 0
262 <reserved> <reserved> 0
263 <reserved> <reserved> 0
264 <reserved> <reserved> 0
265 <reserved> <reserved> 0
266 <reserved> <reserved> 0
267 <reserved> <reserved> 0
268 <reserved> <reserved> 0
269 <reserved> <reserved> 0
270 <reserved> <reserved> 0
Table continues on next page

206 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

271 <reserved> <reserved> 0
LD0.AOMGGIO4
272 Value reported with a scale .AnOut1.mxVal.f AOM 4-Channel 1 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
factor of "1" when channel -32768...+327681)
configured as dimensionless
273 and with a scale factor of "100" .AnOut2.mxVal.f AOM 4-Channel 2 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
when channel configured as -32768...+327671)
mA
274 .AnOut3.mxVal.f AOM 4-Channel 3 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
275 .AnOut4.mxVal.f AOM 4-Channel 4 Output Value 0.0...20.0 [mA] /
-32768...+327681)
276 <reserved> <reserved> 0
277 <reserved> <reserved> 0
278 <reserved> <reserved> 0
279 <reserved> <reserved> 0
280 <reserved> <reserved> 0
281 <reserved> <reserved> 0
282 <reserved> <reserved> 0
283 <reserved> <reserved> 0
284 <reserved> <reserved> 0
285 <reserved> <reserved> 0
286 <reserved> <reserved> 0
287 <reserved> <reserved> 0

1) As per user configuration

7.2.10 LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection

Table 135: LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PHPTOC1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
516 384.04 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
517 384.05 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
518 384.06 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
519 384.07 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
520 384.08 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
521 384.09 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
522 384.10 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
523 384.11 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.PHPTOC2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
548 386.04 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
549 386.05 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
Table continues on next page

RIO600 207
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

550 386.06 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
551 386.07 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
552 386.08 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
553 386.09 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
554 386.10 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
555 386.11 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.PHPTOC3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
644 800.04 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
645 800.05 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
646 800.06 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
647 800.07 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
648 800.08 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
649 800.09 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
650 800.10 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
651 800.11 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.PHPTOC4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
676 802.04 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
677 802.05 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
678 802.06 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
679 802.07 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
680 802.08 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
681 802.09 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
682 802.10 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
683 802.11 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.PHPTOC5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
708 804.04 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
709 804.05 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
710 804.06 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
711 804.07 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
712 804.08 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
713 804.09 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
714 804.10 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
715 804.11 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate

208 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.11 LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault

detection
Table 136: LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault detection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DPHPTOC1 SIM8F-1
524 384.12 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
525 384.13 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
526 384.14 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
527 384.15 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
528 385.00 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
529 385.01 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
530 385.02 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
531 385.03 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
538 385.10 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
539 385.11 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DPHPTOC2 SIM8F-2
556 386.12 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
557 386.13 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
558 386.14 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
559 386.15 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
560 387.00 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
561 387.01 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
562 387.02 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
563 387.03 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
570 387.10 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
571 387.11 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DPHPTOC3 SIM8F-3
652 800.12 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
653 800.13 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
654 800.14 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
655 800.15 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
656 801.00 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
657 801.01 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
658 801.02 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
659 801.03 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
666 801.10 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
667 801.11 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DPHPTOC4 SIM8F-4
684 802.12 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
Table continues on next page

RIO600 209
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

685 802.13 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
686 802.14 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
687 802.15 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
688 803.00 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
689 803.01 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
690 803.02 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
691 803.03 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
698 803.10 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
699 803.11 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DPHPTOC5 SIM8F-5
716 804.12 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
717 804.13 .Str.phsA Phase A Start 1 = Start
718 804.14 .Str.phsB Phase B Start 1 = Start
719 804.15 .Str.phsC Phase C Start 1 = Start
720 805.00 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
721 805.01 .Op.phsA Phase A Operate 1 = Operate
722 805.02 .Op.phsB Phase B Operate 1 = Operate
723 805.03 .Op.phsC Phase C Operate 1 = Operate
730 805.10 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
731 805.11 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate

7.2.12 LD0.CMHAI current total demand distortion

Table 137: LD0.CMHAI current total demand distortion
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.CMHAI1 SIM8F-1
Current TDD Upto 8th
532 385.04 .HiATdd.stVal Harmonics 1 = Operate
LD0.CMHAI2 SIM8F-2
Current TDD Upto 8th
564 387.04 .HiATdd.stVal Harmonics 1 = Operate
LD0.CMHAI3 SIM8F-3
Current TDD Upto 8th
660 801.04 .HiATdd.stVal Harmonics 1 = Operate
LD0.CMHAI4 SIM8F-4
Current TDD Upto 8th
692 803.04 .HiATdd.stVal Harmonics 1 = Operate
LD0.CMHAI5 SIM8F-5
Current TDD Upto 8th
724 805.04 .HiATdd.stVal Harmonics 1 = Operate

210 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.13 LD0.VMHAI voltage total demand distortion

Table 138: LD0.VMHAI voltage total demand distortion
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.VMHAI1 SIM8F-1
533 385.05 .HiAThd.stVal Voltage THD 1 = Operate
LD0.VMHAI2 SIM8F-2
565 387.05 .HiAThd.stVal Voltage THD 1 = Operate
LD0.VMHAI3 SIM8F-3
661 801.05 .HiAThd.stVal Voltage THD 1 = Operate
LD0.VMHAI4 SIM8F-4
693 803.05 .HiAThd.stVal Voltage THD 1 = Operate
LD0.VMHAI5 SIM8F-5
725 805.05 .HiAThd.stVal Voltage THD 1 = Operate

7.2.14 LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection

Table 139: LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.EFPTOC1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
534 385.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
535 385.07 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.EFPTOC2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
566 387.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
567 387.07 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.EFPTOC3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
662 801.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
663 801.07 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.EFPTOC4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
694 803.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
695 803.07 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.EFPTOC5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
726 805.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
727 805.07 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate

RIO600 211
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.15 LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection

Table 140: LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DEFPTOC1 SIM8F-1
536 385.08 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
537 385.09 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
540 385.12 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
541 385.13 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DEFPTOC2 SIM8F-2
568 387.08 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
569 387.09 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
572 387.12 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
573 387.13 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DEFPTOC3 SIM8F-3
664 801.08 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
665 801.09 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
668 801.12 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
669 801.13 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DEFPTOC4 SIM8F-4
696 803.08 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
697 803.09 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
700 803.12 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
701 803.13 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.DEFPTOC5 SIM8F-5
728 805.08 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
729 805.09 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
732 805.12 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = Operate
733 805.13 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = Operate

7.2.16 LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection

(earth-fault indication)
Table 141: LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.MFAPSDE1 SIM8F-1
736 806 .Str.general Start General Start 1 = Start
737 806.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
738 806.02 .RevEF.stVal Reverse Earth Fault 1 = Fault
Table continues on next page

212 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

Intermittent Earth Fault
739 806.03 .ItmEFInd.stVal 1 = Fault
Indication
740 806.04 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = operate
741 806.05 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = operate
LD0.MFAPSDE 2 SIM8F-2
768 808 .Str.general Start General Start 1 = Start
769 808.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
770 808.02 .RevEF.stVal Reverse Earth Fault 1 = Fault
Intermittent Earth Fault
771 808.03 .ItmEFInd.stVal 1 = Fault
Indication
772 808.04 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = operate
773 808.05 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = operate
LD0.MFAPSDE3 SIM8F-3
800 810 .Str.general Start General Start 1 = Start
801 810.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
802 810.02 .RevEF.stVal Reverse Earth Fault 1 = Fault
Intermittent Earth Fault
803 810.03 .ItmEFInd.stVal 1 = Fault
Indication
804 810.04 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = operate
805 810.05 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = operate
LD0.MFAPSDE4 SIM8F-4
832 812 .Str.general Start General Start 1 = Start
833 812.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
834 812.02 .RevEF.stVal Reverse Earth Fault 1 = Fault
Intermittent Earth Fault
835 812.03 .ItmEFInd.stVal 1 = Fault
Indication
836 812.04 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = operate
837 812.05 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = operate
LD0.MFAPSDE5 SIM8F-5
864 814 .Str.general Start General Start 1 = Start
865 814.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
866 814.02 .RevEF.stVal Reverse Earth Fault 1 = Fault
Intermittent Earth Fault
867 814.03 .ItmEFInd.stVal 1 = Fault
Indication
868 814.04 .OpFwd.general Forward Operate 1 = operate
869 814.05 .OpRev.general Reverse Operate 1 = operate

RIO600 213
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.17 LD0.PHSVPR voltage presence

Table 142: LD0.PHSVPR Voltage Presence
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PHSVPR1 SIM8F-1
Indication For Voltage
744 806.08 .VLiv.stVal 1 = Presence
Presence
Indication For Voltage Not
745 806.09 .VDea.stVal 1 = Non-Presence
Presence
LD0.PHSVPR2 SIM8F-2
Indication For Voltage
776 808.08 .VLiv.stVal 1 = Presence
Presence
Indication For Voltage Not
777 808.09 .VDea.stVal 1 = Non-Presence
Presence
LD0.PHSVPR3 SIM8F-3
Indication For Voltage
808 810.08 .VLiv.stVal 1 = Presence
Presence
Indication For Voltage Not
809 810.09 .VDea.stVal 1 = Non-Presence
Presence
LD0.PHSVPR4 SIM8F-4
Indication For Voltage
840 812.08 .VLiv.stVal 1 = Presence
Presence
Indication For Voltage Not
841 812.09 .VDea.stVal 1 = Non-Presence
Presence
LD0.PHSVPR5 SIM8F-5
Indication For Voltage
872 814.08 .VLiv.stVal 1 = Presence
Presence
Indication For Voltage Not
873 814.09 .VDea.stVal 1 = Non-Presence
Presence

7.2.18 LD0.NSPTOC negative-sequence overcurrent fault

detection
Table 143: LD0.NSPTOC negative-sequence overcurrent fault detection
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.NSPTOC1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
752 807 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
753 807.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.NSPTOC2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
784 809 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
785 809.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.NSPTOC3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
816 811 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
817 811.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
Table continues on next page

214 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

LD0.NSPTOC4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
848 813 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
849 813.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.NSPTOC5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
880 815 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
881 815.01 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate

7.2.19 LD0.FPIPTOC fault direction indication

Table 144: LD0.FPIPTOC fault direction indication
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.FPIPTOC1 SIM4F-1
754 807.02 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
755 807.03 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.FPIPTOC2 SIM4F-2
786 809.02 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
787 809.03 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.FPIPTOC3 SIM4F-3
818 811.02 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
819 811.03 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.FPIPTOC4 SIM4F-4
850 813.02 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
851 813.03 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate
LD0.FPIPTOC5 SIM4F-5
882 815.02 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
883 815.03 .Op.general Operate General Operate 1 = Operate

7.2.20 LD0.SEQSPVC fuse failure supervision

Table 145: LD0.SEQSPVC fuse failure supervision
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.SEQSPVC1 SIM8F-1
757 807.05 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.SEQSPVC2 SIM8F-2
789 809.05 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.SEQSPVC3 SIM8F-3
821 811.05 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.SEQSPVC4 SIM8F-4
Table continues on next page

RIO600 215
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

853 813.05 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.SEQSPVC5 SIM8F-5
885 815.05 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start

7.2.21 LD0.INRPHAR inrush detector

Table 146: LD0.INRPHAR inrush detector
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.INRPHAR1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
758 807.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.INRPHAR2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
790 809.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.INRPHAR3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
822 811.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.INRPHAR4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
854 813.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start
LD0.INRPHAR5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
886 815.06 .Str.general START General Start 1 = Start

7.2.22 Binary writable signals for SIM8F

Table 147: Binary writable signals for SIM8F
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
SIM8F-1
576 391 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
577 391.01 Reset Energy Counter 1 = Reset
1 = Update
578 391.02 Update Statistics
statistics
SIM8F-2
592 392 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
593 392.01 Reset Energy Counter 1 = Reset
1 = Update
594 392.02 Update Statistics
statistics
SIM8F-3
896 816 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
897 816.01 Reset Energy Counter 1 = Reset
1 = Update
898 816.02 Update Statistics
statistics
SIM8F-4
912 817 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
Table continues on next page

216 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

913 817.01 Reset Energy Counter 1 = Reset
1 = Update
914 817.02 Update Statistics
statistics
SIM8F-5
928 818 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
929 818.01 Reset Energy Counter 1 = Reset
1 = Update
930 818.02 Update Statistics
statistics

7.2.23 Binary writable signals for SIM4F

Table 148: Binary writable signals for SIM4F
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
SIM4F-1
576 391 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
SIM4F-2
592 392 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
SIM4F-3
896 816 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
SIM4F-4
912 817 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset
SIM4F-5
928 818 Reset Fault Indicator 1 = Reset

RIO600 217
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.24 LD0.PWRRDIR phase load flow direction

Table 149: LD0.PWRRDIR phase load flow direction
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PWRRDIR1 SIM8F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
400 u16 1 .Dir.dirgeneral General Load Flow Direction 2 = reverse
401 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsA Phase A Per Phase Load Flow 3 = both
Direction
402 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsB Phase B Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
403 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsC Phase C Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
LD0.PWRRDIR2 SIM8F-2
532 u16 1 .Dir.dirgeneral General Load Flow Direction
533 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsA Phase A Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
534 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsB Phase B Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
535 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsC Phase C Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
LD0.PWRRDIR3 SIM8F-3
864 u16 1 .Dir.dirgeneral General Load Flow Direction
865 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsA Phase A Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
866 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsB Phase B Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
867 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsC Phase C Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
LD0.PWRRDIR4 SIM8F-4
996 u16 1 .Dir.dirgeneral General Load Flow Direction
997 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsA Phase A Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
998 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsB Phase B Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
999 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsC Phase C Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
LD0.PWRRDIR5 SIM8F-5
1128 u16 1 .Dir.dirgeneral General Load Flow Direction
1129 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsA Phase A Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
1130 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsB Phase B Per Phase Load Flow
Direction
1131 u16 1 .Dir.dirphsC Phase C Per Phase Load Flow
Direction

218 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.25 LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection

Table 150: LD0.PHPTOC phase overcurrent fault detection
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PHPTOC1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
404 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start 2 = reverse
405 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start 3 = both

406 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start

407 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.PHPTOC2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
536 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
537 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
538 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
539 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.PHPTOC3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
868 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
869 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
870 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
871 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.PHPTOC4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1000 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1001 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
1002 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
1003 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.PHPTOC5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1132 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1133 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
1134 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
1135 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start

RIO600 219
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.26 LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault

detection
Table 151: LD0.DPHPTOC three-phase directional overcurrent fault detection
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DPHPTOC1 SIM8F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
408 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start 2 = reverse
409 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start 3 = both

410 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start

411 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.DPHPTOC2 SIM8F-2
540 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
541 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
542 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
543 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.DPHPTOC3 SIM8F-3
872 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
873 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
874 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
875 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.DPHPTOC4 SIM8F-4
1004 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1005 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
1006 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
1007 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start
LD0.DPHPTOC5 SIM8F-5
1136 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1137 u16 1 .Str.dirphsA Phase A Start
1138 u16 1 .Str.dirphsB Phase B Start
1139 u16 1 .Str.dirphsC Phase C Start

220 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.27 LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection

Table 152: LD0.EFPTOC non-directional earth-fault detection
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
412 u16 LD0.EFPTOC1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start 2 = reverse
544 u16 LD0.EFPTOC2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2 3 = both

1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start

876 u16 LD0.EFPTOC3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1008 u16 LD0.EFPTOC4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
1140 u16 LD0.EFPTOC5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start

7.2.28 LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection

Table 153: LD0.DEFPTOC directional earth-fault detection
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.DEFPTOC1 SIM8F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
413 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start 2 = reverse
LD0.DEFPTOC2 SIM8F-2 3 = both

545 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start

LD0.DEFPTOC3 SIM8F-3
877 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
LD0.DEFPTOC4 SIM8F-4
1009 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start
LD0.DEFPTOC5 SIM8F-5
1141 u16 1 .Str.dirgeneral General Start

7.2.29 LD0.CMMXU phase current measurements

Table 154: LD0.CMMXU phase current measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LDO.CMMXU1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
414 i32 10 .A.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Current Magnitude
415
416 i32 1 .A.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Current Angle
417
418 i32 10 .A.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Current Magnitude
Table continues on next page

RIO600 221
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

419
420 i32 1 .A.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Current Angle
421
422 i32 10 .A.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Current Magnitude
423
424 i32 1 .A.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Current Angle
425
LD0.CMMXU2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
546 i32 10 .A.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Current Magnitude
547
548 i32 1 .A.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Current Angle
549
550 i32 10 .A.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Current Magnitude
551
552 i32 1 .A.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Current Angle
553
554 i32 10 .A.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Current Magnitude
555
556 i32 1 .A.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Current Angle
557
LD0.CMMXU3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
878 i32 10 .A.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Current Magnitude
879
880 i32 1 .A.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Current Angle
881
882 i32 10 .A.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Current Magnitude
883
884 i32 1 .A.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Current Angle
885
886 i32 10 .A.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Current Magnitude
887
888 i32 1 .A.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Current Angle
889
LD0.CMMXU4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1010 i32 10 .A.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Current Magnitude
1011
1012 i32 1 .A.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Current Angle
1013
1014 i32 10 .A.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Current Magnitude
Table continues on next page

222 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1015
1016 i32 1 .A.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Current Angle
1017
1018 i32 10 .A.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Current Magnitude
1019
1020 i32 1 .A.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Current Angle
1021
LD0.CMMXU5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1142 i32 10 .A.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Current Magnitude
1143
1144 i32 1 .A.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Current Angle
1145
1146 i32 10 .A.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Current Magnitude
1147
1148 i32 1 .A.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Current Angle
1149
1150 i32 10 .A.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Current Magnitude
1151
1152 i32 1 .A.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Current Angle
1153

7.2.30 LD0.VMMXU voltage measurements

Table 155: LD0.VMMXU voltage measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.VMMXU1 SIM8F-1
426 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.mag.f Vab Magnitude

427
428 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.ang.f Vab Angle

429
430 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.mag.f Vbc Magnitude

431
432 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.ang.f Vbc Angle

433
434 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.mag.f Vca Magnitude

435
436 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.ang.f Vca Angle

437
Table continues on next page

RIO600 223
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

438 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Voltage Magnitude
439
440 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Voltage Angle
441
442 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Voltage Magnitude
443
444 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Voltage Angle
445
446 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Voltage Magnitude
447
448 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Voltage Angle
449
LD0.VMMXU2 SIM8F-2
558 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.mag.f Vab Magnitude

559
560 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.ang.f Vab Angle

561
562 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.mag.f Vbc Magnitude

563
564 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.ang.f Vbc Angle

565
566 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.mag.f Vca Magnitude

567
568 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.ang.f Vca Angle

569
570 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Voltage Magnitude
571
572 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Voltage Angle
573
574 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Voltage Magnitude
575
576 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Voltage Angle
577
578 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Voltage Magnitude
579
580 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Voltage Angle
581
LD0.VMMXU3 SIM8F-3
Table continues on next page

224 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

890 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.mag.f Vab Magnitude

891
892 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.ang.f Vab Angle

893
894 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.mag.f Vbc Magnitude

895
896 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.ang.f Vbc Angle

897
898 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.mag.f Vca Magnitude

899
900 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.ang.f Vca Angle

901
902 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Voltage Magnitude
903
904 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Voltage Angle
905
906 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Voltage Magnitude
907
908 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Voltage Angle
909
910 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Voltage Magnitude
911
912 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Voltage Angle
913
LD0.VMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1022 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.mag.f Vab Magnitude

1023
1024 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.ang.f Vab Angle

1025
1026 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.mag.f Vbc Magnitude

1027
1028 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.ang.f Vbc Angle

1029
1030 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.mag.f Vca Magnitude

1031
1032 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.ang.f Vca Angle

1033
1034 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Voltage Magnitude
1035
Table continues on next page

RIO600 225
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1036 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Voltage Angle
1037
1038 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Voltage Magnitude
1039
1040 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Voltage Angle
1041
1042 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Voltage Magnitude
1043
1044 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Voltage Angle
1045
LD0.VMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1154 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.mag.f Vab Magnitude

1155
1156 i32 1 .PPV.phsAB.cVal.ang.f Vab Angle

1157
1158 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.mag.f Vbc Magnitude

1159
1160 i32 1 .PPV.phsBC.cVal.ang.f Vbc Angle

1161
1162 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.mag.f Vca Magnitude

1163
1164 i32 1 .PPV.phsCA.cVal.ang.f Vca Angle

1165
1166 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Voltage Magnitude
1167
1168 i32 1 .PhV.phsA.cVal.ang.f Phase A Voltage Angle
1169
1170 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Voltage Magnitude
1171
1172 i32 1 .PhV.phsB.cVal.ang.f Phase B Voltage Angle
1173
1174 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Voltage Magnitude
1175
1176 i32 1 .PhV.phsC.cVal.ang.f Phase C Voltage Angle
1177

226 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

7.2.31 LD0.PEMMXU power measurements

Table 156: LD0.PEMMXU power measurements
RegA Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PEMMXU1 SIM8F-1
450 i32 1 .W.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Active Power
451
452 i32 1 .W.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Active Power
453
454 i32 1 .W.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Active Power
455
456 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Total Active Power
457
458 i32 1 .VAr.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Reactive Power
459
460 i32 1 .VAr.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Reactive Power
461
462 i32 1 .VAr.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Reactive Power
463
464 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Total Reactive Power
465
466 i32 1 .VA.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Apparent Power
467
468 i32 1 .VA.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Apparent Power
469
470 i32 1 .VA.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Apparent Power
471
472 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Total Apparent Power
473
474 i32 100 .Hz.mag.f Frequency
475
476 i32 1000 .TotPF.mag.f Average Power Factor
477
LD0.PEMMXU2 SIM8F-2
582 i32 1 .W.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Active Power
583
584 i32 1 .W.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Active Power
585
586 i32 1 .W.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Active Power
587
Table continues on next page

RIO600 227
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

RegA Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

588 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Total Active Power
589
590 i32 1 .VAr.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Reactive Power
591
592 i32 1 .VAr.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Reactive Power
593
594 i32 1 .VAr.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Reactive Power
595
596 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Total Reactive Power
597
598 i32 1 .VA.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Apparent Power
599
600 i32 1 .VA.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Apparent Power
601
602 i32 1 .VA.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Apparent Power
603
604 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Total Apparent Power
605
606 i32 100 .Hz.mag.f Frequency
607
608 i32 1000 .TotPF.mag.f Average Power Factor
609
LD0.PEMMXU3 SIM8F-3
914 i32 1 .W.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Active Power
915
916 i32 1 .W.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Active Power
917
918 i32 1 .W.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Active Power
919
920 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Total Active Power
921
922 i32 1 .VAr.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Reactive Power
923
924 i32 1 .VAr.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Reactive Power
925
926 i32 1 .VAr.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Reactive Power
927
928 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Total Reactive Power
929
Table continues on next page

228 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

RegA Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

930 i32 1 .VA.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Apparent Power
931
932 i32 1 .VA.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Apparent Power
933
934 i32 1 .VA.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Apparent Power
935
936 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Total Apparent Power
937
938 i32 100 .Hz.mag.f Frequency
939
940 i32 1000 .TotPF.mag.f Average Power Factor
941
LD0.PEMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1046 i32 1 .W.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Active Power
1047
1048 i32 1 .W.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Active Power
1049
1050 i32 1 .W.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Active Power
1051
1052 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Total Active Power
1053
1054 i32 1 .VAr.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Reactive Power
1055
1056 i32 1 .VAr.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Reactive Power
1057
1058 i32 1 .VAr.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Reactive Power
1059
1060 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Total Reactive Power
1061
1062 i32 1 .VA.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Apparent Power
1063
1064 i32 1 .VA.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Apparent Power
1065
1066 i32 1 .VA.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Apparent Power
1067
1068 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Total Apparent Power
1069
1070 i32 100 .Hz.mag.f Frequency
1071
Table continues on next page

RIO600 229
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

RegA Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1072 i32 1000 .TotPF.mag.f Average Power Factor
1073
LD0.PEMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1178 i32 1 .W.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Active Power
1179
1180 i32 1 .W.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Active Power
1181
1182 i32 1 .W.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Active Power
1183
1184 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Total Active Power
1185
1186 i32 1 .VAr.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Reactive Power
1187
1188 i32 1 .VAr.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Reactive Power
1189
1190 i32 1 .VAr.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Reactive Power
1191
1192 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Total Reactive Power
1193
1194 i32 1 .VA.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Apparent Power
1195
1196 i32 1 .VA.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Apparent Power
1197
1198 i32 1 .VA.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Apparent Power
1199
1200 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Total Apparent Power
1201
1202 i32 100 .Hz.mag.f Frequency
1203
1204 i32 1000 .TotPF.mag.f Average Power Factor
1205

7.2.32 LD0.RESCMMXU residual current measurement

Table 157: LD0.RESCMMXU residual current measurement
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.RESCMMXU1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
478 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Current Magnitude
479
Table continues on next page

230 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

480 i32 1 .A.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Current Angle
481
LD0.RESCMMXU2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
610 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Current Magnitude
611
612 i32 1 .A.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Current Angle
613
LD0.RESCMMXU3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
942 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Current Magnitude
943
944 i32 1 .A.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Current Angle
945
LD0.RESCMMXU4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1074 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Current Magnitude
1075
1076 i32 1 .A.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Current Angle
1077
LD0.RESCMMXU5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1206 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Current Magnitude
1207
1208 i32 1 .A.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Current Angle
1209

7.2.33 LD0.RESVMMXU residual voltage measurement

Table 158: LD0.RESVMMXU residual voltage measurement
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.RESVMMXU1 SIM8F-1
482 10 .PhV.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Voltage Magnitude
483 i32
484 1 .PhV.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Voltage Angle
485 i32
LD0.RESVMMXU2 SIM8F-2
614 10 .PhV.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Voltage Magnitude
615 i32
616 1 .PhV.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Voltage Angle
617 i32
LD0.RESVMMXU3 SIM8F-3
Table continues on next page

RIO600 231
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

946 10 .PhV.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Voltage Magnitude
947 i32
948 1 .PhV.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Voltage Angle
949 i32
LD0.RESVMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1078 10 .PhV.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Voltage Magnitude
1079 i32
1080 1 .PhV.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Voltage Angle
1081 i32
LD0.RESVMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1210 10 .PhV.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Voltage Magnitude
1211 i32
1212 1 .PhV.res.cVal.ang.f Residual Voltage Angle
1213 i32

7.2.34 LD0.CAVMMXU average current measurements

Table 159: LD0.CAVMMXU average current measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.CAVMMXU1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
486 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Current
487
488 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Current
489
490 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Current
491
LD0.CAVMMXU2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
618 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Current
619
620 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Current
621
622 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Current
623
LD0.CAVMMXU3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
Table continues on next page

232 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

950 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Current
951
952 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Current
953
954 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Current
955
LD0.CAVMMXU4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1082 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Current
1083
1084 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Current
1085
1086 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Current
1087
LD0.CAVMMXU5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1214 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Current
1215
1216 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Current
1217
1218 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Current
1219

7.2.35 LD0.RCAVMMXU average current measurements

Table 160: LD0.RCAVMMXU average current measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.RCAVMMXU1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
492 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Average Operating
Current
493
LD0. RCAVMMXU2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
624 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Average Operating
Current
625
LD0. RCAVMMXU3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
Table continues on next page

RIO600 233
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

956 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Average Operating
Current
957
LD0. RCAVMMXU4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1088 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Average Operating
Current
1089
LD0. RCAVMMXU5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1220 i32 10 .A.res.cVal.mag.f Residual Average Operating
Current

7.2.36 LD0.CMAMMXU peak current measurements

Table 161: LD0.CMAMMXU peak current measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.CMAMMXU1 SIM8F-1/SIM4F-1
494 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Current
495
496 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Current
497
498 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Current
499
LD0.CMAMMXU2 SIM8F-2/SIM4F-2
626 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Current
627
628 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Current
629
630 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Current
631
LD0.CMAMMXU3 SIM8F-3/SIM4F-3
958 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Current
959
960 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Current
961
962 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Current
963
LD0.CMAMMXU4 SIM8F-4/SIM4F-4
1090 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Current
1091
Table continues on next page

234 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1092 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Current
1093
1094 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Current
1095
LD0.CMAMMXU5 SIM8F-5/SIM4F-5
1222 i32 10 .A.phA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Current
1223
1224 i32 10 .A.phB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Current
1225
1226 i32 10 .A.phC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Current
1227

7.2.37 LD0.VAVMMXU average voltage measurements

Table 162: LD0.VAVMMXU average voltage measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.VAVMMXU1 SIM8F-1
500 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Voltage
501
502 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Voltage
503
504 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Voltage
505
LD0.VAVMMXU2 SIM8F-2
632 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Voltage
633
634 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Voltage
635
636 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Voltage
637
LD0.VAVMMXU3 SIM8F-3
964 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Voltage
965
Table continues on next page

RIO600 235
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

966 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Voltage
967
968 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Voltage
969
LD0.VAVMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1096 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Voltage
1097
1098 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Voltage
1099
1100 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Voltage
1101
LD0.VAVMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1228 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Average Operating
Voltage
1229
1230 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Average Operating
Voltage
1231
1232 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Average Operating
Voltage
1233

7.2.38 LD0.VMAMMXU peak voltage measurements

Table 163: LD0.VMAMMXU peak voltage measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.VMAMMXU1 SIM8F-1
506 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Voltage
507
508 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Voltage
509
510 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Voltage
511
LD0.VMAMMXU2 SIM8F-2
638 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Voltage
639
Table continues on next page

236 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

640 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Voltage
641
642 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Voltage
643
LD0.VMAMMXU3 SIM8F-3
970 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Voltage
971
972 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Voltage
973
974 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Voltage
975
LD0.VMAMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1102 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Voltage
1103
1104 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Voltage
1105
1106 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Voltage
1107
LD0.VMAMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1234 i32 1 .PhsV.phsA.cVal.mag.f Phase A Peak Voltage
1235
1236 i32 1 .PhsV.phsB.cVal.mag.f Phase B Peak Voltage
1237
1238 i32 1 .PhsV.phsC.cVal.mag.f Phase C Peak Voltage
1239

7.2.39 LD0.PEAVMMXU average power measurements

Table 164: LD0.PEAVMMXU average power measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PEAVMMXU1 SIM8F-1
512 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Average Active Power
513
514 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Average Reactive Power
515
516 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Average Apparent Power
517
LD0.PEAVMMXU2 SIM8F-2
Table continues on next page

RIO600 237
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

644 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Average Active Power
645
646 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Average Reactive Power
647
648 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Average Apparent Power
649
LD0.PEAVMMXU3 SIM8F-3
976 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Average Active Power
977
978 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Average Reactive Power
979
980 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Average Apparent Power
981
LD0.PEAVMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1108 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Average Active Power
1109
1110 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Average Reactive Power
1111
1112 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Average Apparent Power
1113
LD0.PEAVMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1240 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Average Active Power
1241
1242 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Average Reactive Power
1243
1244 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Average Apparent Power
1245

7.2.40 LD0.PEMAMMXU peak power measurements

Table 165: LD0.PEMAMMXU peak power measurements
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.PEMAMMXU1 SIM8F-1
518 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Peak Active Power
519
520 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Peak Reactive Power
521
522 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Peak Apparent Power
523
Table continues on next page

238 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

LD0.PEMAMMXU2 SIM8F-2
650 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Peak Active Power
651
652 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Peak Reactive Power
653
654 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Peak Apparent Power
655
LD0.PEMAMMXU3 SIM8F-3
982 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Peak Active Power
983
984 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Peak Reactive Power
985
986 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Peak Apparent Power
987
LD0.PEMAMMXU4 SIM8F-4
1114 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Peak Active Power
1115
1116 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Peak Reactive Power
1117
1118 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Peak Apparent Power
1119
LD0.PEMAMMXU5 SIM8F-5
1246 i32 1 .TotW.mag.f Peak Active Power
1247
1248 i32 1 .TotVAr.mag.f Peak Reactive Power
1249
1250 i32 1 .TotVA.mag.f Peak Apparent Power
1251

7.2.41 LD0.EMMTR energy measurement

Table 166: LD0.EMMTR energy measurement
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.EMMTR1 SIM8F-1
524 i32 1 .DmdWh.actVal Real Energy Demand
525
526 i32 1 .SupWh.actVal Real Energy Supply
527
Table continues on next page

RIO600 239
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

528 i32 1 .DmdVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Demand
529
530 i32 1 .SupVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Supply
531
LD0.EMMTR2 SIM8F-2
656 i32 1 .DmdWh.actVal Real Energy Demand
657
658 i32 1 .SupWh.actVal Real Energy Supply
659
660 i32 1 .DmdVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Demand
661
662 i32 1 .SupVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Supply
663
LD0.EMMTR3 SIM8F-3
988 i32 1 .DmdWh.actVal Real Energy Demand
989
990 i32 1 .SupWh.actVal Real Energy Supply
991
992 i32 1 .DmdVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Demand
993
994 i32 1 .SupVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Supply
995
LD0.EMMTR4 SIM8F-4
1120 i32 1 .DmdWh.actVal Real Energy Demand
1121
1122 i32 1 .SupWh.actVal Real Energy Supply
1123
1124 i32 1 .DmdVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Demand
1125
1126 i32 1 .SupVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Supply
1127
LD0.EMMTR5 SIM8F-5
1252 i32 1 .DmdWh.actVal Real Energy Demand
1253
1254 i32 1 .SupWh.actVal Real Energy Supply
1255
Table continues on next page

240 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1256 i32 1 .DmdVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Demand
1257
1258 i32 1 .SupVArh.actVal Reactive Energy Supply
1259

7.2.42 LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection

(earth-fault indication)
Table 167: LD0.MFAPSDE multifrequency admittance protection
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
LD0.MFAPSDE1 SIM8F-1 0 = unknown
1 = forward
1260 u16 1 .Str.dirGeneral General Start 2 = reverse
LD0.MFAPSDE2 SIM8F-2 3 = both

1308 u16 1 .Str.dirGeneral General Start

LD0.MFAPSDE3 SIM8F-3
1356 u16 1 .Str.dirGeneral General Start
LD0.MFAPSDE4 SIM8F-4
1404 u16 1 .Str.dirGeneral General Start
LD0.MFAPSDE5 SIM8F-5
1452 u16 1 .Str.dirGeneral General Start

7.2.43 SCM Application types

Table 168: IEC 61850 name for SCM application types
SCM application type IEC 61850 name
Low voltage High voltage
Four Input/Four Output LD0.SCMLGGIO LD0.SCMHGGIO
Three Position Switch LD0.SCMLPGGIO LD0.SCMHPGGIO
Two Position Disconnector LD0.SCMLDGGIO LD0.SCMHDGGIO
Two Position Earth LD0.SCMLEGGIO LD0.SCMHEGGIO
Circuit Breaker LD0.SCMLCGGIO LD0.SCMHCGGIO

RIO600 241
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Table 169: SCM application types

Reg A Type IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
SCM
1500 i16 Application Type (Application type –
Value)
1501 i16 Application Type 4I4O – 128;
1502 i16 Application Type Three position
switch – 129;
1503 i16 Application Type Two position
disconnector – 130;
1504 i16 Application Type
Two position earth –
1505 i16 Application Type 131;
Circuit breaker –
1506 i16 Application Type 132;
1507 i16 Application Type
1508 i16 Application Type
1509 i16 Application Type

7.2.44 Binary readable signals of SCM

Table 170: Binary readable signals of SCM
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
1) SCM-1
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHGGIO1
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO1
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO1
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO1
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO1
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR1/
LD0.TCSHSCBR1
1664 1516 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1665 1516.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1666 1516.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1667 1516.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1668 1516.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1669 1516.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1670 1516.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1671 1516.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1672 1516.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1673 1516.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1674 1516.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
Table continues on next page

242 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1675 1516.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1676 1516.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1677 1516.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1678 1516.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1679 1516.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1680 1517 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1681 1517.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-2
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHGGIO2
2. LD0.SCMLDGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO2
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO2
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO2
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO2
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR2/
LD0.TCSHSCBR2
1696 1518 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1697 1518.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1698 1518.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1699 1518.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1700 1518.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1701 1518.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1702 1518.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1703 1518.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1704 1518.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1705 1518.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1706 1518.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1707 1518.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1708 1518.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1709 1518.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1710 1518.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1711 1518.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1712 1519 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1713 1519.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
Table continues on next page

RIO600 243
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1) SCM-3
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHGGIO3
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO3
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO3
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO3
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO3
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR3/
LD0.TCSHSCBR3
1728 1520 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1729 1520.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1730 1520.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1731 1520.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1732 1520.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1733 1520.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1734 1520.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1735 1520.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1736 1520.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1737 1520.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1738 1520.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1739 1520.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1740 1520.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1741 1520.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1742 1520.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1743 1520.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1744 1521 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1745 1521.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-4
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHGGIO4
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO4
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO4
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO4
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO4
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR4/
LD0.TCSHSCBR4
Table continues on next page

244 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1760 1522 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1761 1522.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1762 1522.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1763 1522.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1764 1522.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1765 1522.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1766 1522.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1767 1522.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1768 1522.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1769 1522.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1770 1522.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1771 1522.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1772 1522.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1773 1522.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1774 1522.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1775 1522.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1776 1523 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1777 1523.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-5
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHGGIO5
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO5
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO5
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO5
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO5
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR5/
LD0.TCSHSCBR5
1792 1524 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1793 1524.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1794 1524.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1795 1524.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1796 1524.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1797 1524.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1798 1524.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
Table continues on next page

RIO600 245
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1799 1524.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1800 1524.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1801 1524.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1802 1524.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1803 1524.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1804 1524.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1805 1524.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1806 1524.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1807 1524.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1808 1525 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1809 1525.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-6
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHGGIO6
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO6
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO6
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO6
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO6
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR6/
LD0.TCSHSCBR6
1824 1526 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1825 1526.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1826 1526.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1827 1526.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1828 1526.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1829 1526.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1830 1526.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1831 1526.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1832 1526.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1833 1526.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1834 1526.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1835 1526.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1836 1526.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1837 1526.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
Table continues on next page

246 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1838 1526.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1839 1526.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1840 1527 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1841 1527.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-7
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHGGIO7
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO7
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO7
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO7
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO7
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR7/
LD0.TCSHSCBR7
1856 1528 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1857 1528.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1858 1528.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1859 1528.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1860 1528.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1861 1528.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1862 1528.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1863 1528.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1864 1528.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1865 1528.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1866 1528.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1867 1528.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1868 1528.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1869 1528.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1870 1528.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1871 1528.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1872 1529 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1873 1529.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
Table continues on next page

RIO600 247
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1) SCM-8
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHGGIO8
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO8
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO8
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO8
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO8
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR8/
LD0.TCSHSCBR8
1888 1530 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1889 1530.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1890 1530.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1891 1530.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1892 1530.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1893 1530.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1894 1530.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1895 1530.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1896 1530.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1897 1530.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1898 1530.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1899 1530.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1900 1530.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1901 1530.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1902 1530.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1903 1530.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1904 1531 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1905 1531.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-9
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHGGIO9
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO9
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO9
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO9
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO9
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR9/
LD0.TCSHSCBR9
Table continues on next page

248 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1920 1532 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1921 1532.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1922 1532.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1923 1532.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1924 1532.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1925 1532.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1926 1532.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1927 1532.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1928 1532.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1929 1532.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1930 1532.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1931 1532.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1932 1532.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1933 1532.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1934 1532.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1935 1532.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1936 1533 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1937 1533.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1) SCM-10
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHGGIO10
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO10
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO10
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO10
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO10
6. LD0.TCSLSCBR10/
LD0.TCSHSCBR10
1952 1534 .Ind1.stVal Digital Input Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
1953 1534.01 .Ind2.stVal Digital Input Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
1954 1534.02 .Ind3.stVal Digital Input Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
1955 1534.03 .Ind4.stVal Digital Input Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
1956 1534.04 RELEASE_ES Release Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1957 1534.05 RELEASE_DS Release Disconnector 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1958 1534.06 REED_ES REED Earth Switch 0/1 = Off/On
Information
Table continues on next page

RIO600 249
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

1959 1534.07 RELEASE_CB Release Circuit Breaker 0/1 = Off/On
Information
1960 1534.08 .Ind10.stVal Error Code: No Fault 0/1 = Off/On
1961 1534.09 .Ind11.stVal Error Code: Device Error 0/1 = Off/On
1962 1534.1 .Ind12.stVal Error code: Release 0/1 = Off/On
1963 1534.11 .Ind13.stVal Error Code: No Act 0/1 = Off/On
1964 1534.12 .Ind14.stVal Error Code: Interlocking Error 0/1 = Off/On
1965 1534.13 .Ind15.stVal Error Code: REED/ Release 0/1 = Off/On
Error
1966 1534.14 .Ind16.stVal Error Code: Position Error 0/1 = Off/On
1967 1534.15 .Ind17.stVal Error Code: Time-out Error 0/1 = Off/On
1968 1535 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status
1969 1535.01 .CircAlm.stVal Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 0/1 = Off/On
Status

1) Applicable (read only) data attributes are mentioned under their respective data objects.
LD0.SCMLGGIO/LD0.SCMHGGIO
- .Ind1.stVal
- .Ind2.stVal
- .Ind3.stVal
- .Ind4.stVal
LD0.SCMLPGGIO/LD0.SCMHPGGIO
- .Ind1.stVal
- .Ind2.stVal
- .Ind3.stVal
- .Ind4.stVal
- RELEASE_ES
- RELEASE_DS
- REED_ES
- .Ind10.stVal
- .Ind11.stVal
- .Ind12.stVal
- .Ind13.stVal
- .Ind14.stVal
- .Ind15.stVal
- .Ind16.stVal
- .Ind17.stVal
LD0.SCMLDGGIO/LD0.SCMHDGGIO
- .Ind1.stVal
- .Ind2.stVal
- .Ind3.stVal
- .Ind4.stVal
- RELEASE_DS
- .Ind10.stVal
- .Ind11.stVal
- .Ind12.stVal
- .Ind13.stVal
- .Ind14.stVal
- .Ind16.stVal
- .Ind17.stVal
LD0.SCMLEGGIO/LD0.SCMHEGGIO
- .Ind1.stVal
- .Ind2.stVal
- .Ind3.stVal
- .Ind4.stVal
- RELEASE_ES
- REED_ES
- .Ind10.stVal
- .Ind11.stVal

250 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

- .Ind12.stVal
- .Ind13.stVal
- .Ind14.stVal
- .Ind15.stVal
- .Ind16.stVal
- .Ind17.stVal
LD0.SCMLCGGIO/LD0.SCMHCGGIO
- .Ind1.stVal
- .Ind2.stVal
- .Ind3.stVal
- .Ind4.stVal
- RELEASE_CB
- .Ind10.stVal
- .Ind11.stVal
- .Ind12.stVal
- .Ind13.stVal
- .Ind14.stVal
- .Ind15.stVal
- .Ind16.stVal
- .Ind17.stVal
LD0.TCSLSCBR/LD0.TCSHSCBR
- .CircAlm.stVal

7.2.45 Binary writable signals for SCM

Table 171: Binary writable signals for SCM
Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
1) SCM-1
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHGGIO1
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO1
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO1
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO1
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO1/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO1
2496 1568.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2497 1568.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2498 1568.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2499 1568.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2500 1568.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2501 1568.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2502 1568.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2503 1568.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2504 1568.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2505 1568.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2506 1568.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2507 1568.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2508 1568.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2509 1568.13 <reserved> <reserved>
Table continues on next page

RIO600 251
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2510 1568.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2511 1568.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2512 1569.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2513 1569.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-2
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHGGIO2
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO2
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO2
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO2
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO2/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO2
2528 1570.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2529 1570.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2530 1570.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2531 1570.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2532 1570.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2533 1570.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2534 1570.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2535 1570.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2536 1570.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2537 1570.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2538 1570.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2539 1570.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2540 1570.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2541 1570.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2542 1570.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2543 1570.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2544 1571.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2545 1571.01 <reserved> Digital Output Channel 1
1) SCM-3
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHGGIO3
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO3
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO3
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO3
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO3/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO3
2560 1572.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
Table continues on next page

252 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2561 1572.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2562 1572.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2563 1572.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2564 1572.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2565 1572.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2566 1572.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2567 1572.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2568 1572.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2569 1572.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2570 1572.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2571 1572.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2572 1572.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2573 1572.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2574 1572.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2575 1572.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2576 1573.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2577 1573.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-4
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHGGIO4
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO4
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO4
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO4
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO4/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO4
2592 1574.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2593 1574.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2594 1574.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2595 1574.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2596 1574.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2597 1574.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2598 1574.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2599 1574.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2600 1574.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2601 1574.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2602 1574.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2603 1574.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2604 1574.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2605 1574.13 <reserved> <reserved>
Table continues on next page

RIO600 253
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2606 1574.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2607 1574.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2608 1575.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2609 1575.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-5
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHGGIO5
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO5
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO5
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO5
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO5/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO5
2624 1576.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2625 1576.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2626 1576.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2627 1576.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2628 1576.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2629 1576.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2630 1576.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2631 1576.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2632 1576.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2633 1576.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2634 1576.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2635 1576.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2636 1576.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2637 1576.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2638 1576.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2639 1576.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2640 1577.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2641 1577.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-6
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHGGIO6
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO6
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO6
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO6
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO6/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO6
2656 1578.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
Table continues on next page

254 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2657 1578.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2658 1578.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2659 1578.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2660 1578.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2661 1578.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2662 1578.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2663 1578.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2664 1578.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2665 1578.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2666 1578.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2667 1578.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2668 1578.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2669 1578.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2670 1578.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2671 1578.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2672 1579.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2673 1579.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-7
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHGGIO7
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO7
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO7
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO7
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO7/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO7
2688 1580.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2689 1580.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2690 1580.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2691 1580.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2692 1580.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2693 1580.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2694 1580.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2695 1580.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2696 1580.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2697 1580.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2698 1580.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2699 1580.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2700 1580.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2701 1580.13 <reserved> <reserved>
Table continues on next page

RIO600 255
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2702 1580.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2703 1580.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2704 1581.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2705 1581.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-8
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHGGIO8
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO8
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO8
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO8
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO8/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO8
2720 1582.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2721 1582.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2722 1582.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2723 1582.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2724 1582.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2725 1582.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2726 1582.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2727 1582.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2728 1582.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2729 1582.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2730 1582.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2731 1582.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2732 1582.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2733 1582.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2734 1582.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2735 1582.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2736 1583.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2737 1583.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-9
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHGGIO9
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO9
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO9
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO9
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO9/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO9
2752 1584.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
Table continues on next page

256 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2753 1584.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2754 1584.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2755 1584.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2756 1584.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2757 1584.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2758 1584.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2759 1584.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2760 1584.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2761 1584.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2762 1584.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2763 1584.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2764 1584.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2765 1584.13 <reserved> <reserved>
2766 1584.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2767 1584.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2768 1585.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2769 1585.01 <reserved> <reserved>
1) SCM-10
1. LD0.SCMLGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHGGIO10
2. LD0.SCMLPGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHPGGIO10
3. LD0.SCMLDGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHDGGIO10
4. LD0.SCMLEGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHEGGIO10
5. LD0.SCMLCGGIO10/
LD0.SCMHCGGIO10
2784 1586.00 .SPCSO1.stVal Digital Output Channel 1 0/1 = Off/On
2785 1586.01 .SPCSO2.stVal Digital Output Channel 2 0/1 = Off/On
2786 1586.02 .SPCSO3.stVal Digital Output Channel 3 0/1 = Off/On
2787 1586.03 .SPCSO4.stVal Digital Output Channel 4 0/1 = Off/On
2788 1586.04 <reserved> <reserved>
2789 1586.05 <reserved> <reserved>
2790 1586.06 <reserved> <reserved>
2791 1586.07 <reserved> <reserved>
2792 1586.08 CLOSE_ES Earth Switch Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2793 1586.09 OPEN_ES Earth Switch Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2794 1586.10 CLOSE_DS Disconnector Close Command 0/1 = Off/On
2795 1586.11 OPEN_DS Disconnector Open Command 0/1 = Off/On
2796 1586.12 <reserved> <reserved>
2797 1586.13 <reserved> <reserved>
Table continues on next page

RIO600 257
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Bit A Reg A IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2798 1586.14 <reserved> <reserved>
2799 1586.15 OPEN_CB Circuit Breaker Open 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2800 1587.00 CLOSE_CB Circuit breaker Close 0/1 = Off/On
Command
2801 1587.01 <reserved> <reserved>

1) Applicable (read and write) data attributes are mentioned under their respective data objects.
LD0.SCMLGGIO/LD0.SCMHGGIO
- .SPCSO1.stVal
- .SPCSO2.stVal
- .SPCSO3.stVal
- .SPCSO4.stVal
LD0.SCMLPGGIO/LD0.SCMHPGGIO
- CLOSE_ES
- OPEN_ES
- CLOSE_DS
- OPEN_DS
LD0.SCMLDGGIO/LD0.SCMHDGGIO
- CLOSE_DS
- OPEN_DS
LD0.SCMLEGGIO/LD0.SCMHEGGIO
- CLOSE_ES
- OPEN_ES
LD0.SCMLCGGIO/LD0.SCMHCGGIO
- OPEN_CB
- CLOSE_CB

7.2.46 Supervision data

Supervision data register addresses provide information about the file revision and
checksum of RIO600’s configuration and IO parameter file. It also provides
information about the firmware version (major, minor and patch) and its checksum of
the modules present in the RIO600.
Table 172: Supervision data
Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values
2260 Unsigne 1 RIO Configuration File 0...65535
d 16 Revision
2261 Unsigne 1 RIO Configuration File 0...65535
d 16 Checksum
2262 Unsigne 1 Reserved For Future Use 0
d 16
2263 Unsigne 1 IO Parameters File Revision 0...65535
d 16
2264 Unsigne 1 IO Parameters File Checksum 0...65535
d 16
2265 Unsigne 1 Reserved For Future Use 0
d 16
: : : : :
2281 Unsigne 1 Reserved For Future Use 0
d 16
Table continues on next page

258 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 7
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2282 Unsigne 1 LECM - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2283 Unsigne 1 LECM - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2284 Unsigne 1 LECM - Firmware Checksum 0...65535
d 16
2285 Unsigne 1 LECM - Reserved For Future 0
d 16 Use
2286 Unsigne 1 Module 1 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2287 Unsigne 1 Module 1 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2288 Unsigne 1 Module 1 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2289 Unsigne 1 Module 1 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2290 Unsigne 1 Module 2 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2291 Unsigne 1 Module 2 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2292 Unsigne 1 Module 2 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2293 Unsigne 1 Module 2 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2294 Unsigne 1 Module 3 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2295 Unsigne 1 Module 3 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2296 Unsigne 1 Module 3 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2297 Unsigne 1 Module 3 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2298 Unsigne 1 Module 4 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2299 Unsigne 1 Module 4 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2300 Unsigne 1 Module 4 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2301 Unsigne 1 Module 4 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2302 Unsigne 1 Module 5 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2303 Unsigne 1 Module 5 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
Table continues on next page

RIO600 259
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 7 1MRS757488 H
Modbus TCP communication

Reg A Type Scale IEC 61850 name SA name Description Values

2304 Unsigne 1 Module 5 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2305 Unsigne 1 Module 5 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2306 Unsigne 1 Module 6 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2307 Unsigne 1 Module 6 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2308 Unsigne 1 Module 6 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2309 Unsigne 1 Module 6 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2310 Unsigne 1 Module 7 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2311 Unsigne 1 Module 7 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2312 Unsigne 1 Module 7 Reserved For Future 0
d 16 Use
2313 Unsigne 1 Module 7 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2314 Unsigne 1 Module 8 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2315 Unsigne 1 Module 8 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2316 Unsigne 1 Module 8 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2317 Unsigne 1 Module 8 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2318 Unsigne 1 Module 9 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2319 Unsigne 1 Module 9 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2320 Unsigne 1 Module 9 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2321 Unsigne 1 Module 9 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2322 Unsigne 1 Module 10 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Major (High byte)
Minor (Low byte)
2323 Unsigne 1 Module 10 - Firmware Version 0...65535
d 16 Patch (Low byte)
2324 Unsigne 1 Module 10 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use
2325 Unsigne 1 Module 10 - Reserved For 0
d 16 Future Use

260 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

Section 8 Using the Web HMI

8.1 Accessing the Web HMI

• Type the IP address of RIO600 in the address bar of the Web browser and press
ENTER.
• Ensure that both the computer and RIO600 are configured for the same subnet.

8.2 Navigating in the menu

• Use the menu bar to access different views.

• The General view shows general information about RIO600. The content
of the view varies depending on the RIO600 hardware configuration.
• The Fault view shows RIO600-related fault and warning information.
• The Status view shows status information.
• The Configuration view shows information about the configuration.
• The Communication view shows communication parameter settings.

8.3 Selecting the fault view

The fault view shows RIO600-related fault and warning information. The left column
lists the modules related to the fault or warning, and the right column shows the fault
or warning code with description.

• Click Fault in the menu bar.

• Alternatively click the fault or warning indicator sign (if present) on the
page header.

RIO600 261
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 8 1MRS757488 H
Using the Web HMI

GUID-4EF332D9-C570-4C71-B378-D2456AD63233 V4 EN

Figure 90: Fault view

8.4 Selecting the status view

The status view shows GOOSE, Modbus, time synchronization and I/O statuses.

• Click Status in the menu bar.

GUID-080B805A-0F4D-4124-A6B0-6E5A4E8B386B V5 EN

Figure 91: Status page of RIO600 WHMI

• Click the Click Here For Details link beside GOOSE Rx to view GOOSE
Receive Status.
The content area is updated with information related to the last GOOSE frame as
received by RIO600 for each GOOSE AppID.

262 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

• If no GOOSE messages are received or accepted (if the MAC acceptance

filter is enabled) or the GOOSE engineering has not been done, the GOOSE
Tx/Rx status is "-".
• If there is an error in the received GOOSE frame, the error information is
displayed in the error column of the GOOSE Receive Status table.

GUID-345B5EED-AA81-4D07-BC06-BF261F875127 V3 EN

Figure 92: GOOSE Receive Status

• Click the Click Here For Details link beside GOOSE Tx to view GOOSE
Transmit Status.
The content area is updated with information related to the last transmitted
GOOSE frame for each GOOSE AppID.

RIO600 263
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 8 1MRS757488 H
Using the Web HMI

GUID-930B527E-ACFB-4880-9A75-41BE83205A25 V3 EN

Figure 93: GOOSE Transmit Status

• Click the Click Here For Details link under Modbus status header for the
detailed Modbus status.

GUID-7B00E7C8-7F11-478B-BA29-741F840A0758 V1 EN

Figure 94: Modbus status

• View Time Sync Status to see the statuses of SNTP Server 1 and 2 or Modbus.

264 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

• If the time sync source is disabled or not configured, the status is "-".
• If the time sync source is configured as SNTP and if the server is accessible
to RIO600, the time sync status is "Good". Otherwise the status is "Bad".
• If the time sync source is configured as Modbus and RIO600 receives the
time synch information from the MODBUS master, the time sync status is
"Good". Otherwise the status is "Bad".

Select the Configuration view in the menu bar to access the

configured SNTP server 1 and 2 addresses.

• View I/O Status to see the LED statuses of the channels of the binary I/O
modules.
• Grey indicates that the LED is off
• Yellow color indicates that the LED is on

The LED status does not reflect the actual output if the DOM
output is configured as pulse mode or when SCM8H/SCM8L
module is configured for application types other than 4 I/O.

In case of SIM8F and SIM4F, click the Click Here link to see the detailed status.

GUID-E5D6E906-2853-4033-AB77-D51C0F54E69F V4 EN

Figure 95: SIM8F status

The direction information for multi-frequency admittance-based

earth-fault indication is according to the Start & Operate
indication.

RIO600 265
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 8 1MRS757488 H
Using the Web HMI

GUID-0E7FE30F-F66E-434A-8022-1DF9D0A380D1 V1 EN

Figure 96: SIM4F status

Pulse output statuses are not updated on the WHMI.

8.5 Selecting the configuration view

The configuration view shows the settings of all modules.

• Click Configuration in the menu bar.

GUID-397B905F-682E-4BDE-A717-7DEC5710CB34 V3 EN

Figure 97: Module configuration

266 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

• Click Click Here For Details for detailed configuration of each module.
The LECM Configuration section shows the General Configuration and
Modbus Configuration details.

GUID-E6EEF668-E929-4CBA-9F92-00E0CE360E37 V2 EN

Figure 98: LECM configuration

• The DIM Configuration status section shows the settings for each channel
of DIM8H_L module present in RIO600. The row that belongs to the
module number gives configuration details common for all channels in that
particular module. The configurations that are specific to a particular
channel are shown on a row pertaining to that channel.

GUID-8F3E200A-AC91-4F75-9609-4B58869A3A47 V2 EN

Figure 99: DIM configuration

• The DOM Configuration status section shows the settings for each
channel of DOM4 module present in RIO600. The row that belongs to the
module number gives configuration details common for all channels in that
particular module. The configurations specific to a particular channel are
shown on a row pertaining to that channel.

RIO600 267
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 8 1MRS757488 H
Using the Web HMI

GUID-32C2895C-BCBC-40CF-882F-B9424DD4B904 V2 EN

Figure 100: DOM configuration

• The RTD Configuration setting section shows the settings for each RTD4
module present in RIO600. The row that belongs to the module number
gives the configuration details of all individual channels for that particular
module.

GUID-710D8095-E41F-401F-9BB7-386EBC890B7F V2 EN

Figure 101: RTD configuration

• The AOM Configuration setting section shows the settings for each
AOM4 module present in RIO600. The row that belongs to the module
number gives the configuration details of all individual channels for that
particular module.

268 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

GUID-B0901270-2F08-49A3-81B3-35EA8EC9A46E V2 EN

Figure 102: AOM configuration

• The SIM8F Configuration setting section shows the SIM8F configuration

for the selected SIM8F module. It gives configuration details (in read-only
mode) of the SIM8F module as configured by Parameter Setting of RIO600
Connectivity Package.

GUID-7E9167E0-E04A-4E4B-B13B-17DB5AE2C5F3 V3 EN

Figure 103: SIM8F configuration

• The SIM4F Configuration setting section shows the SIM4F configuration

for the selected SIM4F module. It gives configuration details (in read-only
mode) of the SIM4F module as configured by Parameter Setting of RIO600
Connectivity Package.

RIO600 269
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 8 1MRS757488 H
Using the Web HMI

GUID-D39F297B-4DE4-477F-95AB-1CCC962FA4F5 V1 EN

Figure 104: SIM4F configuration

8.6 Selecting the communication view

The communication parameter settings are presented in the communication view.

• Click Communication in the menu bar.

• If the SNTP server is disabled, the SNTP server address is "-".
• If Modbus is disabled, the Modus client address is "-".
• The GOOSE publisher and subscriber multicast MAC addresses display
the GOOSE publisher and subscriber related information.
• If the publisher MAC filtering is enabled, it is shown by the GOOSE
Publisher Physical MAC parameter.
• If the publisher MAC is not configured, it is not visible under
Communication Parameters.

270 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 8
Using the Web HMI

GUID-2EBB410F-2AD5-4BFE-BFDE-E0C42F090730 V4 EN

Figure 105: Communication view

RIO600 271
Installation and Commissioning Manual
272
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

Section 9 Troubleshooting

9.1 Checking LED indications

LED indicators describe the state of the RIO600 modules. Each module has indication
LEDs showing the state of module functionality. Generally, each module is able to
show whether it is functioning properly. Communication and binary I/O states are
shown with separate LEDs.

• Check the details of RIO600 WHMI to view the error conditions.

Table 173: LED indicators (PSMH and PSML)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON PSMH is healthy
Ready Green OFF Power is not available
or PSMH is not working

Table 174: LED indicators (LECM)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON LECM is ready
Ready Green Flashing LECM is ready and in
test mode or
FACTORY reset
operation in progress
IRF Red OFF LECM is healthy
IRF Red ON LECM is in error
condition
IRF Red Flashing LECM is in warning
condition
Ethernet link Green ON Link is established
Ethernett link Green OFF Link broken/not
established/connected
to 10 Mbps network
Ethernet data Yellow Flashing Data communication
Ethernet data Yellow ON No data on Ethernet
link
Ethernet data Yellow OFF Link broken

RIO600 273
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

Table 175: LED indicators (I/O modules)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON Module is ready
Ready Green Flashing Module is powered on,
configuration is
pending
IRF Red OFF Module is healthy
IRF Red ON Module is in error
condition
DI1 to DI8 Yellow ON Binary I/O signal
DO1 to DO4 activated
DI1 to DI8 Yellow OFF Binary I/O signal not
DO1 to DO4 activated

Table 176: LED indicators (SIM8F modules)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON Module is ready
Ready Green Flashing Module is powered on,
configuration is
pending
IRF Red OFF Module is healthy
IRF Red ON Module is in error
condition
IRF Red Flashing Module is in warning
condition
LF Fwd/Rv Green ON Power direction
indication as per
configuration
LF Fwd/Rv Red ON Power direction
indication as per
configuration
LF Fwd/Rv Orange ON Power direction
indication as per
configuration
THD/TDD Green/Red OFF THD/TDD is not
present
THD/TDD Green/Red ON THD/TDD is present.
LED color indication is
as per configuration.
Dual color if both are
present.
Non Dir Oc Green OFF Non-directional
overcurrent fault
detection condition is
not detected
Non Dir Oc Green ON Non-directional
overcurrent fault
detection condition is
detected
Table continues on next page

274 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

LED Color State Description

OC Fwd/Rv Green/Red OFF Directional overcurrent
fault detection
condition is not
detected
OC Fwd/Rv Green/Red ON Directional overcurrent
fault detection
condition is detected.
LED color indication is
as per configuration
and fault detection
direction.
Non Dir EF Red OFF Non-directional earth-
fault detection
condition is not
detected
Non Dir EF Red ON Non-directional earth-
fault detection
condition is detected
EF Fwd/Rv Green/Red OFF Directional earth-fault
detection condition is
not detected
EF Fwd/Rv Green/Red ON Directional earth-fault
condition is detected.
LED color indication is
as per configuration
and fault detection
direction.

Table 177: LED indicators (SIM4F modules)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON Module is ready
Ready Green Flashing Module is powered on,
configuration is
pending
IRF Red OFF Module is healthy
IRF Red ON Module is in error
condition
IRF Red Flashing Module is in warning
condition
Inrush Green OFF Inrush fault condition is
not detected
Inrush Green ON Inrush fault condition is
detected
Fault Direction Green OFF Fault direction
Indication indication fault
condition is not
detected
Fault Direction Green ON Fault direction
Indication indication fault
condition is detected
Table continues on next page

RIO600 275
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

LED Color State Description

Non Dir Oc Green OFF Non-directional
overcurrent fault
detection condition is
not detected
Non Dir Oc Green ON Non-directional
overcurrent fault
detection condition is
detected
Neg Seq Oc Green OFF Negative-sequence
overcurrent fault
condition is not
detected
Neg Seq Oc Green ON Negative-sequence
overcurrent fault
condition is detected
Non Dir EF Green OFF Non-directional earth-
fault detection
condition is not
detected
Non Dir EF Green ON Non-directional earth-
fault detection
condition is detected

The binary input LED is ON if the input signal is HIGH (DIM8H:

~100 V DC, DIM8L: ~24 V DC) and OFF if the signal is LOW (~0 V
DC). The operation is independent of normal/inverted parameter.

The binary output LED is ON if the output contact is closed and OFF
if the output contact is open. The operation is independent of normal/
inverted parameter.

Flashing protection indication LEDs signify that the fault has been
cleared and is waiting for reset according to the Fault indication reset
method setting.

Table 178: LED indicators (SCM module)

LED Color State Description
Ready Green ON Module is ready
Ready Green Flashing Module is powered on,
configuration is
pending
IRF Red OFF Module is healthy
Table continues on next page

276 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

LED Color State Description

IRF Red ON Module is in error
condition
DI1 to DI4 Yellow ON Binary I/O signal
HS1 to HS4 activated
DI1 to DI4 Yellow OFF Binary I/O signal not
HS1 to HS4 activated

9.1.1 Behavior during IRF condition

Table 179: Behavior during IRF in LECM module
Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM DIM8L/DIM8H, DOM4, AOM4,
RTD4
IRF in LECM module Normal functionality is 1. Shows error by steady red 1. Continues normal
compromised LED on LECM module operation
2. Shows IRF source 2. Shows error in previous
information on WHMI module over LECM WHMI
under faults page (if detected)
3. Force all DOM4 outputs to
default, that is, “0”
4. All AOM4 output continues
to drive the last GOOSE
received value
5. GOOSE: Update Quality of
all data attributes and
RIO600 module health as
per IEC 61850
6. Open DOM4 IRF output
contact, if configured

RIO600 277
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

Table 180: Behavior during IRF in DIM8L/DIM8H module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM DIM8L/DIM8H DOM4, AOM4, RTD4
IRF in DIM8L/DIM8H Continues normal 1. Shows IRF by Normal functionality is 1. Continues normal
module function with corrective steady IRF LED on compromised operation
action LECM module 2. Shows error in
2. Shows IRF source previous module
information on over LECM WHMI
WHMI under faults (if detected)
page
3. DIM module under
fault's channel
values as reported
on GOOSE are
forced to default,
that is "0"
4. GOOSE: Update
quality of all
module's data
attributes as
required and
RIO600 module
health as per IEC
61850
5. Open DOM4 IRF
output contact, if
configured

Table 181: Behavior during IRF in DOM4 module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM DOM4 DIM8L/DIM8H, RTD4,
AOM4
IRF in DOM4 module Continues normal 1. Shows IRF by Normal functionality is 1. Continues normal
function with corrective steady IRF LED on compromised operation
action LECM module 2. Shows error in
2. DOM4 Module previous module
under fault's over LECM WHMI
channel is forced to (if detected)
default i.e. "FALSE"
or "OFF" state. The
DOM4 module's
channel's physical
status will be forced
to "OFF" state
3. Show IRF on WHMI
under Faults page.
4. GOOSE: Updates
quality of all
modules' data
attributes and
RIO600 module
health as per IEC
61850
5. Opens DOM4 IRF
output contact, if it
is configured

278 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

Table 182: Behavior during IRF in RTD4 module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM RTD4 DIM8L/DIM8H, DOM4,
AOM4
IRF in RTD4 module Continues normal 1. Show IRF to user Normal functionality is 1. Continues normal
function with corrective by steady IRF LED compromised operation
action on LECM module 2. Shows error in
2. The RTD Module previous module
under fault's over LECM WHMI
channel values as (if detected)
reported over
GOOSE are forced
to "0"
3. Show IRF on WHMI
under Faults page
4. GOOSE: Updates
quality of all
modules' data
attributes and
RIO600 module
health as per IEC
61850
5. Opens DOM IRF
output contact, if it
is configured

Table 183: Behavior during IRF in AOM4 module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM AOM4 DIM8L/DIM8H, DOM4,
RTD4
IRF in AOM4 module Continues normal 1. Show IRF to user Normal functionality is 1. Continues normal
function with corrective by steady IRF LED compromised operation
action on LECM module 2. Shows error in
2. Shows IRF source previous module
information on over LECM WHMI
WHMI under Faults (if detected)
page
3. AOM4 module
under fault's
channels are forced
to default, that is,
"0" and the AOM
module's channel's
physical status is
forced to "0"
4. GOOSE: Updates
quality of all
module's data
attributes and
RIO600 module
health as per IEC
61850
5. Opens DOM4 IRF
output contact, if it
is configured

RIO600 279
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

Table 184: Behavior during IRF in SIM8F module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM DIM8L/DIM8H, DOM4, RTD4,
AOM4
IRF in SIM8F module Continues normal function with 1. Shows IRF by steady IRF 1. Continues normal
corrective action LED on LECM module operation
2. Shows IRF source 2. Shows error in previous
information on WHMI module over LECM WHMI
under faults page (if detected)
3. SIM8F module information
is sent with bad quality
4. GOOSE: Updates quality
of all modules' data
attributes and RIO600
module health as per IEC
61850
5. Opens DOM4 IRF output
contact, if it is configured

Table 185: Behavior during IRF in SIM4F module

Module IRF Behavior in an IRF condition
RIO600 as a whole LECM DIM8L/DIM8H, DOM4,
RTD4, AOM4
IRF in SIM4F module Continues normal 1. Shows IRF by 1. Continues normal
function with corrective steady IRF LED operation
action on LECM module 2. Shows error in
2. Shows IRF previous module
source over LECM
information on WHMI (if
WHMI under detected)
faults page
3. SIM4F module
information is
sent with bad
quality
4. GOOSE:
Updates quality
of all modules'
data attributes
and RIO600
module health as
per IEC 61850
5. Opens DOM4
IRF output
contact, if it is
configured

9.2 Restoring communication

1. Check the firewall configuration in the host PC. A firewall may prevent the FTP
and ping command from working.
2. Open the TCP/IP and UDP ports by adjusting the firewall settings.

280 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

Windows XP SP2 or later contains a built-in firewall.

Table 186: TCP/IP and UDP ports
Protocol TCP/UDP port
FTP file transfer protocol 21, 20
Network time management protocol 123
HTTP 80
Modbus TCP 502

The FTP timeout period in RIO600 is 100 ms.

3. Check the network if the communication issue persists.
All devices in the same network should have unique MAC addresses and IP
addresses.
4. If an address conflict is detected, separate RIO600 from the network and refresh
the PC's ARP table.
4.1. In the command prompt, type arp-d.
4.2. Press ENTER to flush the ARP table and establish the communication to
RIO600.

RIO600 supports only one user credential for FTP with the user
name Administrator.

9.3 Restoring factory settings

The LECM board has a push button to restore RIO600 to factory settings. The
configuration files in RIO600 are deleted and the communication parameters are
changed to the default values.

1. Power off the rack before removing the modules from the stack.
2. Remove the I/O modules from the stack to access the factory reset button on the
LECM board.
If the plastic part cutout is not open, remove the cutout to display the push button.

RIO600 281
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

GUID-02F47E78-F8FD-4D5D-AC89-EF44514A002B V1 EN

Figure 106: Accessing the reset push button

3. Press the push button and while keeping the button pressed, power up RIO600.
4. Keep the push button pressed for 30 seconds after RIO600 is powered up.
The IRF LED (red) appears static (continuous ON). If the Ethernet cable is
connected, the LEDs for Ethernet link and Ethernet data are static. It takes 50
seconds to delete the stored configuration files and bring the LECM module to
its factory default state. The LECM board automatically reboots when the stored
configuration files have been deleted. The ready LED turns OFF and then ON
once, and the IRF LED turns OFF and back ON to indicate an internal relay fault.
The absence of RIO600 configuration files causes this internal relay fault.

9.4 Ping command response

In the absence of TCP/IP layer activity on the Ethernet network, RIO600 responds to
ping command within 1...5 ms depending on the ongoing internal tasks of the device.

282 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 9
Troubleshooting

GUID-E6C87A82-7392-4EBE-94F8-E5166AF05966 V1 EN

Figure 107: Response to the ping command

When there is network traffic on the TCP/IP layer, the ping command response time
varies and may cross the specified limits as the priority is in the I/O and GOOSE
functionality.

9.5 Troubleshooting inactive I/O modules

If a valid configuration has been downloaded in RIO600 but the Ready LED of the I/
O modules remains off, check the connections between the physical modules. The
Ready LED on the binary modules remains off until the configuration is applied.

In the newer modules, the Ready LED flashes indicating that the module has been
powered up but the configuration is missing.

1. Separate the modules from each other.

If the modules are loosely connected with each other or the back plane pins on
the modules do not connect exactly between the two modules, the I/O modules
are not detected by the communication module. Thus, the configuration is not
applied.
2. Reconnect the modules.
The configuration file is applied after the LECM module verifies the type of the
modules and its position which is downloaded in the configuration file along
with the physically connected modules and their positions. The lit Ready LED
(green) indicates that the configuration is applied.

RIO600 283
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 9 1MRS757488 H
Troubleshooting

9.6 SIM8F/SIM4F measurement quality

The quality of the measured or derived electrical quantities provided by SIM8F/

SIM4F can be bad due to one of the following reasons.

• Connection between SIM8F/SIM4F and the measurement sensor is incorrect

• Frequency value is not within valid range
• Sensor input signals are not within valid range

For more information on the valid measurement range, see the product
guide.

9.7 Contacting customer support

• Before contacting the customer service, gather the required background

information.
• Firmware version for the different modules available in WHMI
• Connectivity package version
• PCM600 version

284 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 10
Technical data

Section 10 Technical data

Table 187: Interfaces

Description Value
LECM Ethernet interface RJ-45 (STP CAT5e) galvanic connector
Multimode LC fiber-optic connector
Power Supply Module (PSMH/PSML/DIM8H/ Suggested part: Weidmuller P/N 1844260000
DIM8L/DOM4/SCM8H/SCM8L) front mating
connector
Sensor input module SIM8F/SIM4F

Table 188: Module weights

Description Value
PSMH/PSML 235 g
LECM 123 g
DIM8H/DIM8L 206 g
DOM4 163 g
RTD4 206 g
AOM4 206 g
SIM8F/SIM4F 180 g
SCM8H/SCM8L 215 g

Table 189: Dimensions of the end clamp (EW 35, Weidmuller)

Description Value
Width 8.5 mm (to be fixed at the ends of assembled
modules)

Table 190: Power supply

Description PSMH PSML
Uaux nominal 100, 110, 120, 220, 240 V AC, 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC
50 and 60 Hz
110, 125, 220, 250 V DC
Uaux variation 85…110% of Uaux nominal 50...120% of Uaux nominal
(85...264 V AC) (12...72 V DC)
80…120% of Uaux nominal
(88…300 V DC)
Start-up threshold 19.2 V DC (24 V DC × 80%)
Table continues on next page

RIO600 285
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 10 1MRS757488 H
Technical data

Description PSMH PSML

Maximum interruption time in 100 ms at Uaux nominal 50 ms at Uaux nominal
the auxiliary DC without
resetting the RIO600 modules
Ripple in the DC auxiliary Max. 15% of the DC value (at frequency of 100 Hz)
voltage
Reversal of DC power supply 1 minute for each polarity
polarity
Burden of auxiliary voltage
supply
• Quiescent (Pq) condition <4.0 W nominal
(none of the 20 I/O
channels are activated)

• Operating condition (20 <12.0 W (maximum)

binary output channels in
DOM4 modules are
activated)

Module configuration Condition Max. consumption for PSMH

and PSML
PSM + LECM + DIM8H All DIs activated 2W
PSM + LECM + DIM8L
PSM + LECM + DOM4 All DOs activated 4W
PSM + LECM + DOM4 (5) All DOs activated 12 W
PSM (2) + LECM + DIM8H (5) All DIs activated 11 W
PSM (2) + LECM + DIM8L (5)
PSM (2) + LECM + DOM4 (10) All DOs activated 22 W

Table 191: Binary inputs

Description DIM8H DIM8L
Rated voltage 110…250 V DC 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC
Operating voltage range ±20% of rated voltage ±20% of rated voltage
Current drain 3…3.7 mA 2 mA
Power consumption/input
channel 330…925 mW 30…130 mW
Threshold voltage 78 V DC 13 V DC
Reaction time 5 ms...4.0 s filtering time 5 ms...4.0 s filtering time

Table 192: Signal outputs (digital output module DOM4)

Description Value
Operating time <5 ms
Nominal coil power <500 mW
Rated voltage 250 V AC/DC
Continuous contact carry 5A
Table continues on next page

286 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 10
Technical data

Description Value
Make and carry for 3.0 s 10 A
Make and carry for 0.5 s 15 A
Breaking capacity when the control circuit time 1 A/0.25 A/0.15 A
constant L/R <40 ms, at 48/110/220 V DC

Table 193: mA/RTD input (RTD4 module)

Description Value
RTD inputs Supported RTD 100 Ω platinum TCR 0.00385 (DIN
sensors 43760)
250 Ω platinum TCR 0.00385
100 Ω nickel TCR 0.00618 (DIN
43760)
120 Ω nickel TCR 0.00618
250 Ω nickel TCR 0.00618
Maximum lead 100 Ω platinum 200 Ω per lead
resistance (three-wire
measurement) 250 Ω platinum 200 Ω per lead
100 Ω nickel 200 Ω per lead
120 Ω nickel 200 Ω per lead
250 Ω nickel 200 Ω per lead
Isolation 4 kV Inputs to all other
channel outputs and
protective earth
RTD/resistance 0.275 mA rms current
sensing maximum
Operation accuracy ±1°C
Response time < Filter time + 350 ms
mA inputs Supported current 0…20 mA
range
Current input 44 Ω ± 0.1%
impedance
Operation accuracy ±0.5% or ±0.1 mA
Isolation 4 kV Inputs to all outputs and
protective earth

Table 194: Analog output module (AOM4)

Description Value
mA output Supported current 0.0…20.0 mA
range
Operation accuracy ±0.1% or ±0.2 mA
Isolation 4 kV between each output and protective earth

RIO600 287
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 10 1MRS757488 H
Technical data

Table 195: Sensor input module (SIM8F)

Description Value
Preferred ABB sensors • Combined sensors KEVCY 24 RE1,
KEVCY36 RE1, KEVCY 40.5 RE1, KEVCD
A
• Combination of current sensor KECA 80
C85 or KECA D85 and voltage sensor KEVA
24 C10, 24 C21, 24 C22, 24 C23, 17.5 B20,
17.5 B21, 24 B20, or 24 B21

Current measurement Range 4...8000 A

Accuracy ±5% or ±1 A in the range of 4...80 A
±1% in the range of 80...4800 A
±10% in the range of 4800...8000 A
Line voltage Range 480 V...48 kV
measurement
Accuracy ±5% in the range of 480...9600 V
±0.5% in the range of 9.6...48 kV
Power measurements: Range 9.6...28.8 kV
P, Q, S and PF 80...630 A
Accuracy ±1.0% for active power P (±0.5% at +25⁰C)
±3.0% for reactive Q and apparent power S (±1%
at +25⁰C)
±0.03 for power factor
±3.0% for energy
Line frequency Range 50 or 60 Hz
measurement
Accuracy For 50 Hz, ±50 mHz
For 60 Hz, ±60 mHz
Average operating current, voltage and power Average operating current, voltage, power
according to selection: 3 min/10 min/15 min/1
hour/2 hours/24 hours
Peak current, voltage and power values Peak values for 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 year
General detection of the harmonics disturbances • Current TDD (Total demand distortion) up to
the 8th harmonics
• Voltage THD (Total harmonic distortion) up
to the 8th harmonics

Load flow direction Forward/reverse

Non-directional Operating range 50...2000 A
overcurrent fault
detection Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
±1.5% of the set value
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
Directional overcurrent Operating range 50...2000 A
fault detection
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current: ±1.5% of the set value
Voltage: ±1.5% of the set value
Phase angle: ±2⁰
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
Table continues on next page

288 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 10
Technical data

Description Value
Non-directional earth- Operating range 4...200 A (isolated/compensated network)
fault detection 200...1000 A (solidly grounded/low-impedance
network)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
±10% of the set value in the range of 4...25 A
±1.5% of the set value in the range of >25...1000 A
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
(Current measurement based on internal
calculation)
Directional earth-fault Operating range 4...200 A (isolated/compensated network)
detection 200...1000 A (solidly grounded/low-impedance
network)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current:

• ±10% of the set value in the range of 4...25 A

• ±1.5% of the set value in the range of
>25...1000 A

Voltage: ±1.5% of the set value

Phase angle: ±3⁰
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
(Current measurement based on internal
calculation)
Fuse failure protection Operating range 4...1000 A (Negative-sequence current level)
300...10000 V (Negative-sequence voltage level)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
NPS function:
<36 ms for UFault = 1.1 × set value
<22 ms for UFault = 5 × set value
Delta function:
<34 ms for ΔU = 1.1 × set value
<28 ms for ΔU = 5 × set value
Three-phase inrush Operating range 5…100% Ratio I2f/I1f measurement
detector
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
Ratio I2f/I1f measurement:
±5.0% of the set value
Operate time: ±35 ms
Table continues on next page

RIO600 289
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 10 1MRS757488 H
Technical data

Description Value
Negative-sequence Operating range 4...200 A (isolated/compensated network)
overcurrent protection 200...1000 A (solidly grounded/low-impedance
network)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: f = fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
IFault = 2 × set value = <36 ms
IFault = 10 × set value = <30 ms
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
Multifrequency Operating range 480 V...28.8 kV
admittance-based
earth-fault indication Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Voltage:
±5% in the range of 480 V...9.6 kV
±0.5% in the range of 9.6...28.8 kV
Operate time:
±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

Table 196: Current sensor module (SIM4F)

Description Value
Preferred ABB sensors Current sensors KECA 80 C85 or KECA 80 D85
Current measurement Range 4...8000 A
Accuracy ±5% or ±1 A in the range of 4...80 A
±1% in the range of 80...4800 A
±10% in the range of 4800...8000 A
Line frequency Range 50 or 60 Hz
measurement
Accuracy For 50 Hz, ±50 mHz
For 60 Hz, ±60 mHz
Average operating current Average operating current according to selection:
3 min/10 min/15 min/1 hour/2 hours/24 hours
Peak current Peak values for 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 year
Non-directional Operating range 50...2000 A
overcurrent fault
detection Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
±1.5% of the set value
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
Non-directional earth- Operating range 4...200 A (isolated/compensated network)
fault detection 200...1000 A (solidly grounded/low-impedance
network)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
±10% of the set value in the range of 4...25 A
±1.5% of the set value in the range of >25...1000 A
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms
(Current measurement based on internal
calculation)
Table continues on next page

290 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 10
Technical data

Description Value
Fault pass indicator Operating range 1...100 A (earth-fault and residual current)
10…100 A (instantaneous current)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value
Start time :±1.0% of the set value or ±70 ms
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±30 ms
Three-phase inrush Operating range 5…100% Ratio I2f/I1f measurement
detector
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
Ratio I2f/I1f measurement:
±5.0% of the set value
Operate time: ±35 ms
Negative-sequence Operating range 4...200 A (isolated/compensated network)
overcurrent protection 200...1000 A (solidly grounded/low-impedance
network)
Accuracy Depending on the nominal frequency of the
current measured: f = fn
Current:
±1.5% of the set value or ±0.02 A
IFault = 2 × set value = <36 ms
IFault = 10 × set value = <30 ms
Operate time: ±1.0% of the set value or ±20 ms

Table 197: Binary inputs (SCM)

Description SCM8H SCM8L
Rated voltage 110...250 V DC 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC
Operating voltage range ±20% of rated voltage ±20% of rated voltage
Current drain 3…3.7 mA 2 mA
Power consumption/input 330…925 mW 30…130 mW
channel
Threshold voltage 78 V DC 13 V DC
Reaction time 5 ms...4.0 s filtering time 5 ms...4.0 s filtering time

Table 198: High-speed outputs (SCM)

Description SCM8H SCM8L
Operating time <1 ms <1 ms
Rated voltage 110..250 V DC 24, 30, 48, 60 V DC
Continuous current carry 20 A 20 A
Short time current carry 100 A for 10 ms 200 A for 10 ms

RIO600 291
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 10 1MRS757488 H
Technical data

Table 199: Communication interface (communication module LECM)

Connector Cable Data transfer Maximum Wave length Permitted
distance path
attenuation1)
RJ-45 Shielded twisted pair 10/100 30 m - -
cable, at minimum CAT5e Mbits/s
LC Multimode 62.5/125 μm or 100 Mbits/s 2 km 1310 nm <8 dB
50/125 μm glass-fiber core

1) Maximum allowed attenuation caused by connectors and cable together

Table 200: Degree of protection by enclosure

Description Value
Degree of protection IP201)

1) If a higher IP class is required, the cabinet where the device is installed should provide proper
protection.

Table 201: Environmental conditions

Description Value
Operating temperature range -25...+70°C
Relative humidity <93%
Atmospheric pressure 86...106 kPa
Altitude up to 2000 m
Transport and storage temperature range -40...+85°C

292 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 11
Device and functionality tests

Section 11 Device and functionality tests

Table 202: Inspection of mechanical structure

Description Reference Result
Markings and mechanical IEC 60255-1 and IEC 60255-27 OK
structure
Enclosure class of the flush- IEC 60529 IP 20
mounted device
Clearances and creepage IEC 60255-27 OK
distances

Table 203: Overload test

Description Reference Result
Thermal withstand capability IEC 60255-1 and IEC 60255-27 OK
test

Table 204: Power supply module tests

Test Type test value Result
Operating range of auxiliary 80% and 120% of rated value for IEC 60255-1 and IEEE
supply voltage test DC C37.90-2005
85% and 110% of rated value for
AC, frequency is between 50 Hz
for -5% and 60 Hz for +5%
Power consumption of auxiliary IEC 60255-1 and IEEE
supply C37.90-2005
• Quiescent load <4 W

• Maximum load <12 W

Reversal of DC power supply 1 min for each polarity IEC60255-27

polarity
Start-up time test <30 s

RIO600 293
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 11 1MRS757488 H
Device and functionality tests

Table 205: Contact tests

Description Type test value Reference
Make and carry Signaling contacts IEC 60255-1, IEC 61810-1 and
IEEE C37.90-2005
• 5 A, continuous
• 10 A for 3 s
• 15 A for 0.5 s

Breaking capacity for DC, L/R Signaling contacts IEC 60255-1, IEC 61810-1 and
≤40 ms IEEE C37.90-2005
• 48 V, 1.00 A
• 110 V, 0.25 A
• 220 V, 0.15 A

Mechanical durability 10000 operations IEC 60255-1, IEC 61810-1 and

IEEE C37.90-2005

Table 206: Insulation tests

Description1) Type test value Reference

Dielectric tests 2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min IEC 60255-27 and IEEE
500 V, 50 Hz, 1 min for C37.90-2005
communication
2.8 kV DC, 1 min
700 V DC, 1 min for
communication
Impulse voltage tests 5 kV, 1.2/50 μs, 0.5 J IEC 60255-27 and IEEE
C37.90-2005
Insulation resistance >100 MΩ, 500 V DC IEC 60255-27
measurements

1) Insulation tests are not applicable to SIM8F/SIM4F

Table 207: Electromagnetic compatibility and immunity tests

Description Type test value Reference
Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255-26 and IEC
61000-4-2, Level 3
• Air discharge 8 kV

Radio frequency 10 V/m (RMS) IEC 60255-26 and IEC

electromagnetic field (amplitude f = 80...1000 MHz and 1.4...2.7 61000-4-3, Level 3
modulated) GHz
Radio frequency 10 V/m (RMS) IEC 61000-4-3, Level 3
electromagnetic field from digital f = 900 MHz, 1890 MHz
radio telephones (pulse
modulated)
Power frequency (50 Hz) IEC 60255-26 and IEC
magnetic field 61000-4-8
• Continuous 100 A (RMS)/m

• 3s 300 A (RMS)/m

Table continues on next page

294 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 11
Device and functionality tests

Description Type test value Reference

Pulsed magnetic field 1000 A/m; 6.4/16 μs Tr/Td; 5 IEC 61000-4-9, Level 5
pulses positive/negative; 10 s
(time interval)
Conducted disturbance induced 0.15...80 MHz - 10 V (unmod, IEC 60255-26 and IEC
by radio frequency fields, RMS); 80% AM (1 kHz); 150 Ω 61000-4-6, Level 3
Amplitude modulated source impedance
27 and 68 MHz (spot
frequencies); 10 V (unmod,
RMS); 80% AM (1 kHz); 150 Ω
source impedance
Fast low-energy transient (EFT) 5/50 ns Tr/Td; 5 kHz repetition IEC 60255-26 and IEC
(including functional earth port) frequency 61000-4-4
4 kV (peak) for power supply
input/output ports and 2 kV
(peak) for communication port
Damped oscillatory waves 100 kHz and 1 MHz frequency; IEC 60255-26 and IEC
(HFD) 100 kHz and 1 MHz burst 75 ns Tr; 40 Hz and 400 Hz 61000-4-18
repetition frequency; 200 Ω
source impedance
• Power supply and input/ Differential mode: 1 kV (peak)
output ports Common mode: 2.5 kV (peak)

• Communication port Differential mode: not applicable

Common mode: 1 kV (peak)
Slow high-energy transient 1.2/50 μs Tr/Th (open circuit) IEC 60255-26 and IEC
(surge1.2/50 μs voltage pulse) 8/20 μs Tr/Th (short circuit) 61000-4-5
• Auxiliary power supply and ±4 kVp (L-Gnd) ±2 kVp (L-L)
input/output ports1)

• Communication port ±2 kVp (L-Gnd) while no L-L test

is applicable
Voltage dips, short interruptions 30% reduction for 25/30 cycles IEC 60255-26 and IEC
and voltage variation immunity 60% reduction for 10/12 cycles 61000-4-11
tests (AC 50 Hz and 60 Hz) 100% reduction for 0.5, 1.0, 2.5
and 5.0 cycles
100% reduction for 250/300
cycles
Voltage dips, supply interruption 30% reduction for 500 ms IEC 60255-26 and IEC
and voltage variations on DC 60% reduction for 200 ms 61000-4-29
input power port (immunity 100% reduction for 10, 20, 30
tests) and 50 ms
100% reduction for 5 s
Ripple voltage 15% Un frequencies of ripple IEC 60255-26, IEC 61000-4-17
100/120 Hz (for 50/60 Hz) and IEEE C37.90-2005

Gradual shut-down/start-up test IEC 60255-26

(for DC power supply)
• Ramp towards shut-down 60 s

• Wait at power of condition 5 min

• Ramp towards start-up 60 s

Power frequency voltage 50 Hz IEC 60255-26 and IEC

and 60 Hz 61000-4-16
Input/output port
Table continues on next page

RIO600 295
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 11 1MRS757488 H
Device and functionality tests

Description Type test value Reference

• Differential mode 150 V (RMS)
100 Ω coupling resistor
0.1 μF coupling capacitor
• Common mode 300 V (RMS)
220 Ω coupling resistor
0.47 μF coupling capacitor
Emission tests IEC 60255-26
• Radiated

30...230 MHz <40 dB (μV/m) quasi-peak,

measured at 10 m distance
230...1000 MHz <47 dB (μV/m) quasi-peak,
measured at 10 m distance
• Conducted

0.15...0.50 MHz <79 dB (μV) quasi-peak

<66 dB (μV) average
0.5...30 MHz <73 dB (μV) quasi-peak
<60 dB (μV) average

1) When SCM is configured as a generic I/O, the level supported is ±2 kVp (L-Gnd) ±1 kVp (L-L)

Table 208: Electromagnetic compatibility and immunity tests according to ANSI standards
Description Type test value Reference
1 MHz oscillatory SWC test All ports: IEEE C37.90.1-2002
±2.5 kV common mode/
differential mode
Fast transient SWC test All ports: IEEE C37.90.1-2002
±4 kV common mode/differential
mode
Radio frequency interference 20 V/m (prior to modulation) IEEE C37.90.2-2004
tests f = 80...1000 MHz (AM)
f = 900 MHz (PM)
Electrostatic discharge test ±15 kV air discharge IEEE C37.90.3-2001

Table 209: Mechanical tests

Description Type test value Reference
Vibration tests (sinusoidal) Class 1 IEC 60255-21-1
• Vibration response test f = 10…150 Hz
Peak acceleration: 0.5 g
1 sweep cycle in each axis
• Vibration endurance test f = 10…150 Hz
Peak acceleration: 1.0 g
20 sweep cycles in each axis
Shock and bump test Class 1 IEC 60255-21-2
• Shock response test Peak acceleration: 5 g
Duration of the pulse: 11 ms
Number of pulses in each
direction: 3
Table continues on next page

296 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 11
Device and functionality tests

Description Type test value Reference

• Shock withstanding test Peak acceleration: 15 g
Duration of the pulse: 11 ms
Number of pulses in each
direction: 3
• Bump test Peak acceleration: 10 g
Duration of the pulse: 16 ms
Number of pulses in each
direction: 1000
Seismic test Class 2 IEC 60255-21-3
• Nominal frequency range 1...35 Hz

• Zero period acceleration Horizontal direction: 2.0 gn

Vertical direction: 1.0 gn
• Number of time histories in Single axis sine sweep
each axis

Table 210: Environmental tests

Description Type test value Reference
Dry heat test • 96 h at +70°C IEC 60068-2-2 and IEEE
C37.90-2005
Dry cold test • 96 h at -25°C IEC 60068-2-1 and IEEE
• 16 h at -40°C C37.90-2005

Damp heat cyclic test • 6 cycles (12 h + 12 h) at IEC 60068-2-30

+25...+55°C, humidity
>93%

Damp heat steady state test • Temperature 40°C IEC 60068-2-78 and IEEE
• Humidity 93% C37.90-2005
• Duration 96 h

Change of temperature test • 5 cycles (3 h + 3 h) at IEC60068-2-14

-25...+55°C

Storage test • 96 h at -40°C IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2

• 96 h at +85°C and IEEE C37.90-2005

Table 211: EMC compliance

Description Reference
EMC directive 2004/108/IEC
Standard EN 50263 (2000)
EN 60255-26 (2007)

Table 212: RoHS compliance

Description
Complies with RoHS directive 2002/95/EC

RIO600 297
Installation and Commissioning Manual
298
1MRS757488 H Section 12
Glossary

Section 12 Glossary

ACT 1. Application Configuration tool in PCM600

2. Trip status in IEC 61850
AOM Analog output module
AOM4 Analog output module
Connectivity A collection of software and information related to a
package specific protection and control IED, providing system
products and tools to connect and interact with the IED
CPS Cumulative phasor summing
DIM8H Binary input module with eight channels, high voltage
DIM8L Binary input module with eight channels, low voltage
DIN rail A standardized 35 mm wide metal rail with a hat-shaped
cross section
DOM Binary output module, four channels
DOM4 Binary output module, four channels
DST Daylight-saving time
DT Definite time
EF Earth fault

EMC Electromagnetic compatibility

Ethernet A standard for connecting a family of frame-based
computer networking technologies into a LAN
FPI Measured value, short floating point information
FPI Fault passage indicator
FTP File transfer protocol
GFC General fault criteria
GOOSE Generic Object-Oriented Substation Event
I/O Input/output
ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEC 61850 International standard for substation communication
and modeling

RIO600 299
Installation and Commissioning Manual
Section 12 1MRS757488 H
Glossary

IEC 61850-8-1 A communication protocol based on the IEC 61850

standard series
IED Intelligent electronic device
IP Internet protocol
IP address A set of four numbers between 0 and 255, separated by
periods. Each server connected to the Internet is
assigned a unique IP address that specifies the location
for the TCP/IP protocol.
IRF 1. Internal fault
2. Internal relay fault
LC Connector type for glass fiber cable, IEC 61754-20
LECM Communication module
LED Light-emitting diode
MAC Media access control
MFA Multifrequency admittance
Modbus A serial communication protocol developed by the
Modicon company in 1979. Originally used for
communication in PLCs and RTU devices.
Modbus TCP/IP Modbus RTU protocol which uses TCP/IP and Ethernet
to carry data between devices
MTA Also known as RCA or base angle. Maximum torque
angle.
MV Medium voltage
NTP Network time protocol
OC Overcurrent
PC 1. Personal computer
2. Polycarbonate
PCM600 Protection and Control IED Manager
PSMH Power supply module, high voltage
PSML Power supply module, low voltage
RCA Also known as MTA or base angle. Characteristic
angle.
RIO600 Remote I/O unit
RJ-45 Galvanic connector type
RTD Resistance temperature detector
RTD4 Resistance temperature detector
RTU Remote terminal unit

300 RIO600
Installation and Commissioning Manual
1MRS757488 H Section 12
Glossary

SCADA Supervision, control and data acquisition

SCM Smart control module
SIM4F Sensor input module (4 currents)
SIM8F Sensor input module (4 currents and 4 voltages)
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
UDP User datagram protocol
UTC Coordinated universal time
WHMI Web human-machine interface

RIO600 301
Installation and Commissioning Manual
302
303
—
ABB Distribution Solutions
P.O. Box 699
FI-65101 VAASA, Finland
Phone +358 10 22 11

ABB India Limited, Distribution

Automation
Maneja Works
Vadodara - 390013, India
Phone +91 265 272 4402
Fax +91 265 263 8922

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage
1MRS757488 H

© Copyright 2019 ABB. All rights reserved.